1 #LyX 1.4.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
20 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
21 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
23 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
24 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
25 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
27 \usepackage{courier} }
28 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
29 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
31 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
32 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
33 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
36 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
38 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
39 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
40 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
41 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
42 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
43 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
44 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
46 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
48 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
49 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
51 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
53 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
54 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
55 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
58 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
62 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
74 \paperorientation portrait
77 \paragraph_separation indent
79 \quotes_language english
82 \paperpagestyle default
83 \tracking_changes false
98 \begin_layout Standard
100 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
103 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
111 \begin_layout Standard
112 \begin_inset Note Note
115 \begin_layout Standard
116 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
123 \begin_layout Standard
124 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
132 \begin_layout Standard
133 \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{}
140 \begin_layout Chapter
144 \begin_layout Section
148 \begin_layout Standard
149 LyX is a document preparation system.
150 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
151 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
152 It is unlike most other
153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
160 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
162 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
174 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
179 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
183 \begin_layout Standard
184 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
197 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
201 \begin_layout Standard
203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
214 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
215 the format of all of the manuals.
216 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
217 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
234 \begin_layout Section
238 \begin_layout Subsection
242 \begin_layout Standard
243 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
249 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
251 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
252 already done that in the
257 Check there for more info.
260 \begin_layout Standard
261 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
264 \begin_layout Standard
265 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
266 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
267 More on that in a bit.
270 \begin_layout Subsection
274 \begin_layout Standard
275 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
277 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
278 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
280 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
286 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
300 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
303 \begin_layout Standard
304 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
305 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
306 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
308 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
309 only a vertical scrollbar.
312 \begin_layout Standard
313 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
314 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
315 This, however, is due
316 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
317 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
318 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
319 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
321 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
322 this doesn't work for equations yet.
325 \begin_layout Subsection
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
331 commercial applications.
336 \begin_layout Standard
337 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
342 of the manuals from inside LyX.
343 Just select the manual you want read from the
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
355 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
356 Here's what one of our authors,
360 , once said about manuals:
363 \begin_layout Quotation
367 \begin_layout Quotation
368 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
369 They are aggravating.
370 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
371 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
372 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
373 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
374 then they should sit down and learn
378 they start up a major piece of software.
381 \begin_layout Quotation
382 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
384 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
385 and intimidated, not stupid.
386 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
387 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
390 \begin_layout Standard
393 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
394 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
395 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
396 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
400 \begin_layout Section
404 \begin_layout Subsection
405 Basic File Operations
408 \begin_layout Standard
416 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
417 more advanced operations:
420 \begin_layout Itemize
429 \begin_layout Itemize
441 \begin_layout Itemize
450 \begin_layout Itemize
459 \begin_layout Itemize
468 \begin_layout Itemize
479 \begin_layout Itemize
488 \begin_layout Itemize
497 \begin_layout Itemize
507 \begin_layout Standard
508 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
509 a few minor differences.
515 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
524 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
525 you for a template to use.
526 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
527 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
528 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
531 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:doc-classes}
538 \begin_layout Standard
540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
563 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
564 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
567 \begin_layout Standard
575 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
580 \begin_layout Standard
581 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
594 It will simply reload the document from disk.
595 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
596 and want to restore it to the last save.
599 \begin_layout Standard
600 The second matter of note concerns the commands
605 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
617 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
633 to save us all from our own stupidity.
634 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
635 be informed that there are unsaved files.
638 \begin_layout Subsection
639 Basic Editing Features
642 \begin_layout Standard
643 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
644 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
645 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
646 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
648 We'll start with cut and paste.
651 \begin_layout Standard
652 As you might expect, the
659 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
660 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
690 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
694 \begin_layout Standard
695 The first three are self-explanatory.
696 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
697 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
706 keys also functions as the
711 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
712 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
713 it with what you just typed.
721 to get back the lost text.
724 \begin_layout Standard
730 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
737 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
747 The text you want to find goes in the
756 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
764 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
774 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
777 \begin_layout Standard
786 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
789 \begin_layout Standard
799 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
801 If the toggle is set, searching for
802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
813 will not match the word
814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
828 \begin_layout Standard
837 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
877 \begin_layout Subsection
881 \begin_layout Standard
882 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
883 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
889 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
896 to undo some mistake.
897 If you accidently undo too much, use
902 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
917 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
922 \begin_layout Standard
923 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
924 it was last saved, the
925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
932 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
933 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
936 \begin_layout Standard
951 work on almost everything in LyX.
952 They have some quirks, too.
967 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
968 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
982 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
983 hopefully appreciate how it works.
986 \begin_layout Subsection
990 \begin_layout Standard
991 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
992 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
993 can do with the mouse.
994 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
997 \begin_layout Enumerate
1002 \begin_layout Itemize
1007 once anywhere in the edit window.
1008 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1012 \begin_layout Enumerate
1017 \begin_layout Itemize
1023 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1029 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1032 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1035 \begin_layout Itemize
1036 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1041 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1048 \begin_layout Enumerate
1049 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1062 left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1063 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1067 \begin_layout Enumerate
1072 \begin_layout Standard
1077 the right mouse button
1081 to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate the table.
1085 \begin_layout Subsection
1087 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec: key bindings}
1094 \begin_layout Standard
1095 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1096 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1098 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1099 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1102 \begin_layout Standard
1129 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1133 \begin_layout Labeling
1134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1139 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1140 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1141 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
1146 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:par-environments}
1150 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1152 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvlists}
1158 If you're still confused, look in the
1165 \begin_layout Labeling
1166 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1179 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1180 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1183 \begin_layout Labeling
1184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1195 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1196 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1200 \begin_layout Labeling
1201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1216 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1220 works as expected and
1224 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1228 \begin_layout Standard
1229 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1230 by that, go read section
1231 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:x-win-keys}
1236 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1240 \begin_layout Standard
1241 Then there are the modifier keys:
1244 \begin_layout Labeling
1245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1250 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1251 in combination with:
1255 \begin_layout Itemize
1264 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1267 \begin_layout Itemize
1276 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1279 \begin_layout Itemize
1288 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1292 \begin_layout Labeling
1293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1298 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1299 and new cursor positions.
1302 \begin_layout Labeling
1303 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1308 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1310 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1311 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1312 one actually performs the
1317 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1319 menu accelerator keys
1322 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1323 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1327 \begin_layout Standard
1328 For example, the sequence
1329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1373 There are also other things bound to the
1377 key, but you'll have to check in the
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1390 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1391 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1392 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1393 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1394 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1395 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1396 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1412 followed by a capital
1418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1436 \begin_layout Section
1437 Using LyX with Other Programs
1440 \begin_layout Subsection
1441 Importing ASCII files
1444 \begin_layout Standard
1445 You can import text from an ASCII file using the
1450 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1455 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1470 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1475 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 \begin_layout Standard
1494 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1499 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1508 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1509 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1510 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1511 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1514 \begin_layout Standard
1520 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1525 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1535 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1536 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1542 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1548 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1549 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1550 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1554 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1555 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1558 \begin_layout Subsection
1559 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1562 \begin_layout Standard
1575 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1576 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1577 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1578 text with the middle mouse button.
1582 \begin_layout Standard
1583 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1584 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1585 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1588 \begin_layout Chapter
1589 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1592 \begin_layout Section
1596 \begin_layout Standard
1597 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1598 can safely skip this chapter.
1599 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1600 distributed with it.
1603 \begin_layout Standard
1604 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1606 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1613 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1626 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1627 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1629 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1633 \begin_layout Standard
1634 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1635 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1643 \begin_layout Section
1645 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:setup}
1652 \begin_layout Standard
1653 There are two ways to run LyX.
1654 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1655 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1656 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1664 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1665 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1666 are put in the correct places.
1669 \begin_layout Standard
1670 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1671 without resorting to configuration files.
1672 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1673 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1674 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1681 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1682 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1683 which are not seen by LyX.
1684 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1689 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1697 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1698 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1699 about what has been found under
1704 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1715 \begin_layout Standard
1716 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1717 document-level setting that you can change via the
1722 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1730 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1731 taste and save them with the
1738 Document\InsetSpace ~
1749 This will create a template named
1753 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1754 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1757 \begin_layout Standard
1758 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1759 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1764 It will then attempt to read a file called
1772 \begin_layout Standard
1777 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1778 This directory is called LyX's
1787 To find out where it is, use
1792 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1799 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1812 \begin_layout Standard
1818 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1825 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1829 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1833 \begin_layout Section
1834 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1835 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:x-win-keys}
1842 \begin_layout Standard
1843 To use LyX properly, X
1847 be set up correctly.
1848 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1849 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1850 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1851 you must do this yourself.
1852 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1853 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1854 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1857 \begin_layout Subsection
1858 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1862 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1863 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1865 If you don't have them, install them.
1868 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1872 \begin_layout Standard
1873 This document contains no information on how to use
1887 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1889 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1892 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1916 \begin_layout Standard
1917 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1918 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1919 output in a form readable by
1924 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1928 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1931 \begin_layout Subsection
1932 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1935 \begin_layout Standard
1936 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1949 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1953 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1955 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1963 ) or as a prefix key.
1964 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1971 \begin_layout Itemize
1977 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1983 \begin_layout Itemize
1989 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1995 \begin_layout Itemize
2001 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2007 \begin_layout Itemize
2013 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2019 \begin_layout Standard
2020 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2021 only from time to time.
2022 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2023 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2026 \begin_layout Subsection
2027 Helpful Hints and Tips
2030 \begin_layout Standard
2031 First, open up two xterminals.
2032 Use one to edit a new
2045 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2050 to output the new keymap.
2055 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2056 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2060 file, and you're done.
2064 \begin_layout Standard
2065 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2070 This will create a usable map file.
2078 \begin_layout Standard
2079 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2080 Try executing the command
2085 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2088 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2090 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2091 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2112 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2113 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2122 to the same operation.
2124 Other programs, however, use
2132 for different operations.
2133 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2141 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2144 \begin_layout Section
2148 \begin_layout Standard
2149 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2154 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2157 \begin_layout Standard
2158 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2159 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2163 \begin_layout Standard
2164 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2165 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2176 That's how you pronounce
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2192 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2213 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2221 format, or Dvi, for short.
2222 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2223 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2225 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2229 \begin_layout Standard
2230 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2231 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2232 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2235 \begin_layout Standard
2236 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2237 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2238 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2239 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2240 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2243 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ctan.org}
2248 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ctan}
2255 \begin_layout Section
2256 Dvips and Ghostscript
2259 \begin_layout Subsection
2263 \begin_layout Standard
2264 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2265 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2267 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2271 \begin_layout Itemize
2277 \begin_layout Itemize
2283 \begin_layout Itemize
2289 \begin_layout Itemize
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2302 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2309 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2310 with LaTeX and should read the
2314 document before proceeding further.
2319 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2321 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2322 the PostScript through
2326 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2327 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2328 every time you print.
2329 For now, we'll concentrate on
2336 \begin_layout Subsection
2338 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:dvipsconfig}
2345 \begin_layout Standard
2346 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2347 you should configure
2357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2364 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2366 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2380 set up to send output to the default printer.
2381 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2384 \begin_layout Standard
2385 If you are not a mood to configure
2389 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2390 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2391 expect from your printer.
2392 At least, it will print.
2395 \begin_layout Standard
2396 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2397 on Linux), you should run the program
2402 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2406 you should then select menu entry
2411 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2419 \begin_layout Standard
2420 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2424 how to automagically convert a
2432 file adapted to printer
2436 , you need to have a config-file,
2437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2448 lying around somewhere.
2459 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2461 in most TeX distributions.
2462 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2463 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2475 It'll be there somewhere.
2478 \begin_layout Standard
2479 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2484 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2492 \begin_layout Standard
2493 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2504 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2510 containing only the relevant lines.
2514 \begin_layout Standard
2515 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2516 There may exist a line that looks like,
2517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2528 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2542 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2547 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2571 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2573 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2574 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2575 best possible result on your printer.
2576 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2581 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2585 \begin_layout Standard
2586 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2587 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2588 To do this, you should launch the
2597 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2608 tab, and set the entries
2621 \begin_layout Standard
2622 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2624 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2635 environment variable.
2636 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2638 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2643 \begin_layout Standard
2644 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2648 as a filter for your print spooler.
2649 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2650 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2653 \begin_layout Standard
2654 Some people don't seem to like using the
2663 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2664 into your printer language.
2665 You can specify this program in the
2670 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2671 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2672 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2673 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2685 \begin_layout Subsection
2686 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2689 \begin_layout Standard
2703 files, while the later interfaces with
2707 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2710 \begin_layout Standard
2711 A quick note on both of these programs.
2712 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2725 file, not the files used to make these.
2731 You can also force an update.
2732 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2734 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2738 \begin_layout Standard
2739 The LyX team recommends using
2743 for fine tuning documents.
2744 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2745 you can view the changes.
2749 \begin_layout Enumerate
2754 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2757 \begin_layout Enumerate
2758 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2761 \begin_layout Enumerate
2762 To view those changes, just choose
2767 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2772 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2780 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Now, this doesn't mean
2801 is better suited to those occasions where you
2805 view the PostScript version of the document.
2806 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2812 There is an alternative to
2816 which sports a much better interface:
2821 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2828 \begin_layout Section
2832 \begin_layout Standard
2835 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2836 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2837 printers set up for your system.
2838 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2843 as described in the last section.
2846 \begin_layout Standard
2849 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2850 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2852 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2853 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2856 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2857 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2858 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2877 \begin_layout Chapter
2881 \begin_layout Section
2885 \begin_layout Subsection
2889 \begin_layout Standard
2890 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2895 of document you want to edit.
2896 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2897 numbering schemes, and so on.
2898 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2899 and format the title of your document differently.
2902 \begin_layout Standard
2907 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2908 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2909 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2910 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2911 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2914 \begin_layout Standard
2915 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2916 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2919 \begin_layout Subsection
2920 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:doc-classes}
2924 The Various Document Classes
2927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2931 \begin_layout Standard
2932 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2936 \begin_layout Description
2937 Article for basic articles
2940 \begin_layout Description
2941 Report for basic reports
2944 \begin_layout Description
2945 Book for writing a book
2948 \begin_layout Description
2949 Letter for US-style letters
2952 \begin_layout Description
2953 Slides is used to make transparencies
2956 \begin_layout Standard
2957 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2958 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2961 \begin_layout Description
2962 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2966 \begin_layout Description
2967 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2968 Mathematical Society].
2969 There are three amsart layouts available.
2970 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2974 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2975 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2976 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2981 sequential numbering
2982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2985 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2986 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2987 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2988 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2991 \begin_layout Description
2992 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
2993 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
2994 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
2995 that you would need to number results.
2998 \begin_layout Description
2999 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3002 \begin_layout Description
3003 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3008 \begin_layout Description
3009 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3010 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3011 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3013 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3020 \begin_layout Description
3021 Paper for use with the
3025 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3028 \begin_layout Description
3029 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3030 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3032 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3035 \begin_layout Standard
3036 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3038 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3043 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3044 of the document classes.
3047 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3051 \begin_layout Standard
3052 You can select a class using the
3059 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3065 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3073 \begin_layout Standard
3074 Each class has a default set of options.
3075 Here's a quick table describing them:
3078 \begin_layout Standard
3079 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3085 \begin_layout Standard
3087 \begin_inset Tabular
3088 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3095 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3099 \begin_layout Standard
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Standard
3123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3126 \begin_layout Standard
3141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3144 \begin_layout Standard
3159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3162 \begin_layout Standard
3178 <row topline="true">
3179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3182 \begin_layout Standard
3196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3199 \begin_layout Standard
3214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3217 \begin_layout Standard
3232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3235 \begin_layout Standard
3250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3253 \begin_layout Standard
3269 <row topline="true">
3270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3308 \begin_layout Standard
3323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3326 \begin_layout Standard
3341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3344 \begin_layout Standard
3360 <row topline="true">
3361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3381 \begin_layout Standard
3396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3417 \begin_layout Standard
3432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3435 \begin_layout Standard
3451 <row topline="true">
3452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3455 \begin_layout Standard
3469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3472 \begin_layout Standard
3487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3490 \begin_layout Standard
3505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3508 \begin_layout Standard
3523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3526 \begin_layout Standard
3541 <row topline="true">
3542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3562 \begin_layout Standard
3577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3580 \begin_layout Standard
3595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3598 \begin_layout Standard
3613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3616 \begin_layout Standard
3632 <row topline="true">
3633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3636 \begin_layout Standard
3650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3671 \begin_layout Standard
3686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3689 \begin_layout Standard
3704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3707 \begin_layout Standard
3723 <row topline="true">
3724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3727 \begin_layout Standard
3741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3744 \begin_layout Standard
3759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3762 \begin_layout Standard
3777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3780 \begin_layout Standard
3795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3798 \begin_layout Standard
3814 <row topline="true">
3815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3853 \begin_layout Standard
3868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3889 \begin_layout Standard
3904 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3908 \begin_layout Standard
3922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3925 \begin_layout Standard
3940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3943 \begin_layout Standard
3958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3979 \begin_layout Standard
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4003 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 There is no default value of
4019 for any of these classes.
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 You're probably also wondering what
4025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4034 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4035 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4040 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4045 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4055 headings, there are also
4063 headings, and so on.
4064 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4065 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parenvheadings}
4072 \begin_layout Subsection
4073 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4076 \begin_layout Standard
4077 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4093 That's what this section is for.
4096 \begin_layout Labeling
4097 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4105 This is another list, containing five options.
4106 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4110 \begin_layout Standard
4111 LaTeX does this part.
4120 \begin_layout Labeling
4121 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4126 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4129 \begin_layout Labeling
4130 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4135 No page numbers or headings.
4138 \begin_layout Labeling
4139 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4147 \begin_layout Labeling
4148 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4153 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4154 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4155 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4158 \begin_layout Labeling
4159 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4164 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4170 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4171 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4173 Check the documentation for the
4177 package for more details.
4181 \begin_layout Labeling
4182 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4187 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4188 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4194 have a printer that duplexes
4198 \begin_layout Standard
4200 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4205 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4206 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4210 \begin_layout Standard
4211 There are two radio buttons here:
4215 for single-sided documents,
4219 for double-sided documents.
4223 \begin_layout Labeling
4224 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4229 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4230 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4238 for the number of columns.
4243 \begin_layout Standard
4244 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4245 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4250 be two columns in the generated output.
4254 \begin_layout Labeling
4255 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4271 takes several options.
4272 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4273 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4274 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4275 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4279 \begin_layout Labeling
4280 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4285 This has its own section.
4288 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:parindentintro}
4292 for a description of what this does.
4295 \begin_layout Subsection
4296 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4299 \begin_layout Standard
4300 There are several other options to set in the
4302 Document\InsetSpace ~
4306 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4307 affect certain features.
4308 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4309 features they affect.
4312 \begin_layout Standard
4313 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4314 we'll describe them here.
4315 You'll find them in the
4326 \begin_layout Labeling
4327 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4332 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4350 \begin_layout Labeling
4351 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4360 What size paper to print on.
4365 \begin_layout Itemize
4371 \begin_layout Itemize
4381 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 \begin_layout Itemize
4393 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 \begin_layout Itemize
4405 \begin_layout Itemize
4412 \begin_layout Standard
4413 Some of these settings require you to have the
4418 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4425 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 \begin_layout Standard
4430 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4435 That includes the paragraph environments.
4436 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4438 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4439 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4440 paragraph environments to
4444 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4445 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4446 the conversion and why it failed.
4449 \begin_layout Section
4450 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4453 \begin_layout Subsection
4455 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parindentintro}
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4464 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4467 \begin_layout Standard
4468 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4469 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4470 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4471 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4476 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4482 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4483 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4484 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4488 \begin_layout Standard
4489 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4490 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4495 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4504 \begin_layout Standard
4505 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4506 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4508 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4509 LyX takes care of that.
4510 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4512 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4513 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4514 of a page, and so on.
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4519 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4524 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4525 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4529 of these pre-coded spacings.
4530 We'll explain more later.
4533 \begin_layout Subsection
4534 Global Indentation Method
4537 \begin_layout Standard
4538 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4553 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4556 \begin_layout Subsection
4560 \begin_layout Standard
4561 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4567 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4572 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4575 dialog and toggle the
4582 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4583 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4584 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4585 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4589 \begin_layout Standard
4590 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4591 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4592 Typically, you'll select
4607 for the entire document and edit away.
4610 \begin_layout Subsection
4611 Changing Line Spacing
4614 \begin_layout Standard
4620 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4627 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4634 \begin_layout Section
4635 Paragraph Environments
4636 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:par-environments}
4643 \begin_layout Subsection
4647 \begin_layout Standard
4648 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4651 \begin_layout Standard
4675 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4676 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4677 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4686 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4689 \begin_layout Standard
4690 A paragraph environment is simply a
4691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4698 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4699 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4700 scheme, labels, and so on.
4701 Additionally, you can
4702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4709 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4710 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4711 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4712 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4713 days of typewriters.
4714 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4716 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4719 \begin_layout Standard
4720 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4722 LyX will change the environment of the
4726 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4727 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4728 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4732 \begin_layout Standard
4741 create a new paragraph using the
4745 paragraph environment.
4747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4754 because this isn't always the case.
4758 \begin_layout Standard
4759 If you are in one of these environments:
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4773 \begin_layout Standard
4777 \begin_layout Standard
4791 \begin_layout Itemize
4797 \begin_layout Itemize
4803 \begin_layout Standard
4807 \begin_layout Standard
4819 \begin_layout Itemize
4825 \begin_layout Itemize
4831 \begin_layout Standard
4835 \begin_layout Standard
4847 \begin_layout Itemize
4853 \begin_layout Itemize
4859 \begin_layout Standard
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4875 \begin_layout Itemize
4881 \begin_layout Standard
4885 \begin_layout Standard
4895 \begin_layout Standard
4896 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4900 , rather than resetting it to
4905 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4910 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4911 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4912 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
4917 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4922 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4923 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4931 \begin_layout Subsection
4935 \begin_layout Standard
4936 The default paragraph environment is
4941 It creates a plain paragraph.
4942 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4943 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4944 this manual] are in the
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4952 You can nest a paragraph using the
4956 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4964 \begin_layout Subsection
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4978 for thanks or contact information.
4979 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4980 page along with today's date.
4981 For other types of documents, the title
4982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4989 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5008 Here's how you use them:
5011 \begin_layout Itemize
5012 Put the title of your document in the
5019 \begin_layout Itemize
5020 Put the author name in the
5027 \begin_layout Itemize
5028 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5029 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5035 Note that using this environment is optional.
5036 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5039 \begin_layout Standard
5040 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5041 You can use footnotes to insert
5042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5049 or contact information.
5052 \begin_layout Subsection
5054 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvheadings}
5061 \begin_layout Standard
5062 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5063 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5064 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5074 \begin_inset Note Note
5077 \begin_layout Standard
5078 Why no mention of Part ?
5086 \begin_layout Enumerate
5092 \begin_layout Enumerate
5098 \begin_layout Enumerate
5104 \begin_layout Enumerate
5110 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 \begin_layout Enumerate
5122 \begin_layout Standard
5123 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5124 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5125 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5126 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5127 You group the book into chapters.
5128 LyX does similar grouping:
5131 \begin_layout Itemize
5140 is the maximum sectioning level.
5143 \begin_layout Itemize
5155 \begin_layout Itemize
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5179 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5203 \begin_layout Standard
5208 not all document types use the
5212 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5217 is the top-level heading.
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5225 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5226 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5228 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5249 \begin_layout Enumerate
5255 \begin_layout Enumerate
5261 \begin_layout Enumerate
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5276 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5277 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5280 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5281 Changing the Numbering
5282 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:section-depth}
5289 \begin_layout Standard
5290 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5291 in the Table of Contents.
5292 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5294 Certain classes start with
5308 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5318 This is something you can change.
5321 \begin_layout Standard
5327 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5335 You should see a counter labelled
5337 Section\InsetSpace ~
5346 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5348 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5349 here's a table of values and what they do:
5352 \begin_layout Standard
5353 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5359 \begin_layout Standard
5361 \begin_inset Tabular
5362 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5364 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5365 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5366 <row topline="true">
5367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5370 \begin_layout Standard
5387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5390 \begin_layout Standard
5405 <row bottomline="true">
5406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5409 \begin_layout Standard
5423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5426 \begin_layout Standard
5441 <row topline="true">
5442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5445 \begin_layout Standard
5459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5462 \begin_layout Standard
5471 no numbering of any kind
5477 <row topline="true">
5478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5498 \begin_layout Standard
5515 <row topline="true">
5516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5536 \begin_layout Standard
5552 <row topline="true">
5553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5573 \begin_layout Standard
5589 <row topline="true">
5590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5593 \begin_layout Standard
5607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5610 \begin_layout Standard
5626 <row topline="true">
5627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5630 \begin_layout Standard
5644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5647 \begin_layout Standard
5664 <row topline="true">
5665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5668 \begin_layout Standard
5682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5685 \begin_layout Standard
5702 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5706 \begin_layout Standard
5720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5723 \begin_layout Standard
5747 \begin_layout Standard
5748 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5754 \begin_layout Standard
5755 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5763 will number parts and chapters, while
5764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5771 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5772 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5778 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5801 \begin_layout Standard
5802 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5806 contents\InsetSpace ~
5810 It works the same way as
5812 Section\InsetSpace ~
5813 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5816 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5818 This is a great control to have.
5819 Suppose you wanted to number
5823 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5835 s in the Table of Contents.
5838 Section\InsetSpace ~
5839 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5852 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5863 and voilà! You're all set.
5866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5870 \begin_layout Standard
5871 The following information applies to
5910 \begin_layout Itemize
5911 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5914 \begin_layout Itemize
5915 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5918 \begin_layout Itemize
5919 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5922 \begin_layout Itemize
5923 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5926 \begin_layout Standard
5927 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5928 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5931 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5932 Creating an Appendix
5935 \begin_layout Standard
5936 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5937 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5942 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5950 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5954 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5955 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5956 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5959 \begin_layout Subsection
5963 \begin_layout Standard
5964 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5978 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
5979 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5980 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5981 the text they contain.
5982 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5990 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5993 \begin_layout Standard
5994 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6003 when you start a new paragraph.
6004 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6008 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6009 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6010 to change back to the
6014 environment yourself.
6017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6027 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quote}
6034 \begin_layout Standard
6035 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6036 time for the differences.
6045 are identical except for one difference:
6049 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6058 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6061 \begin_layout Standard
6062 Here's an example of the
6075 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6077 See - no indentation!
6081 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6082 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6083 the other paragraph.
6086 \begin_layout Standard
6087 That ends that example.
6088 Here's another example, this time in the
6095 \begin_layout Quotation
6101 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6102 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6103 the first line, then
6107 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6111 you were quoting other text.
6114 \begin_layout Quotation
6115 Here's a new paragraph.
6116 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6117 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6120 \begin_layout Standard
6121 That was our other example.
6122 As the example notes,
6126 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6127 They should put quotes in the
6132 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6136 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6143 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:verse}
6150 \begin_layout Standard
6155 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6162 Which I did not rehearse!
6166 It could be much worse.
6167 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6169 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6170 indented a bit more than the first.
6171 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6178 And make things look fine
6187 \begin_layout Standard
6192 does not indent both margins.
6193 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6194 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6205 \begin_layout Subsection
6207 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:parenvlists}
6214 \begin_layout Standard
6215 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6225 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6234 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6235 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6236 some general features of all four of them.
6239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6243 \begin_layout Standard
6244 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6246 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6255 reset the environment to
6259 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6260 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6261 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6266 to break paragraphs.
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6271 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6273 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6274 you read all of section
6275 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6289 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:itemize}
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6301 paragraph environment.
6302 It has the following properties:
6305 \begin_layout Itemize
6306 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6310 \begin_layout Itemize
6311 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6314 \begin_layout Itemize
6315 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6319 \begin_layout Itemize
6320 The items can be any length.
6321 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6322 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6329 \begin_layout Itemize
6334 environment inside another
6338 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6342 \begin_layout Itemize
6343 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6346 \begin_layout Itemize
6347 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6350 \begin_layout Itemize
6352 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6356 for a full explanation of nesting.
6360 \begin_layout Standard
6361 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6370 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6373 \begin_layout Standard
6374 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6375 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6376 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6380 The label for the first level
6384 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6388 \begin_layout Itemize
6389 The label for the second level is a dash.
6393 \begin_layout Itemize
6394 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6398 \begin_layout Itemize
6399 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6404 Back out to the third level.
6408 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 Back to the second level.
6413 \begin_layout Itemize
6414 Back to the outermost level.
6417 \begin_layout Standard
6418 These are the default labels for an
6423 You can customize these labels in the
6427 \begin_layout Standard
6441 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6455 \begin_layout Standard
6456 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6457 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6459 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6473 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:enumerate}
6480 \begin_layout Standard
6485 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6486 It has these properties:
6489 \begin_layout Enumerate
6490 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6494 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6499 \begin_layout Enumerate
6500 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6503 \begin_layout Enumerate
6508 environment resets the counter to one.
6511 \begin_layout Enumerate
6524 \begin_layout Enumerate
6525 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6526 Items can be any length.
6529 \begin_layout Enumerate
6530 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6533 \begin_layout Enumerate
6534 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6537 \begin_layout Enumerate
6538 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6542 \begin_layout Standard
6555 show the different labels for each item.
6556 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6563 \begin_layout Enumerate
6564 The first level of an
6568 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6572 \begin_layout Enumerate
6573 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6577 \begin_layout Enumerate
6578 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6582 \begin_layout Enumerate
6583 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6586 \begin_layout Enumerate
6587 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6592 \begin_layout Enumerate
6593 Back to the third level
6597 \begin_layout Enumerate
6598 Back to the second level.
6602 \begin_layout Enumerate
6603 Back to the outermost level.
6606 \begin_layout Standard
6607 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6612 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6617 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6618 not on the LyX screen.
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6622 There is more to nesting
6626 environments than we've stated here.
6632 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6636 to learn more about nesting.
6639 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6645 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:descrlist}
6652 \begin_layout Standard
6653 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6657 list has no fixed label.
6658 Instead, LyX uses the first
6659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6666 of the first line as the label.
6670 \begin_layout Description
6671 Example: This is an example of the
6678 \begin_layout Standard
6679 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6683 \begin_layout Standard
6684 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6688 uses the first 'word'.
6689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6696 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6705 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6710 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6715 environment? Simple: use a
6726 Special\InsetSpace ~
6731 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6736 otected\InsetSpace ~
6749 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
6753 for more info.] Here's an example:
6756 \begin_layout Description
6758 Example: This one shows how to use a
6760 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6770 \begin_layout Description
6771 Usage: You should use the
6775 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6776 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6778 It's not a good idea to use a
6782 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6783 You're better off using
6795 paragraphs into them.
6798 \begin_layout Description
6799 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6803 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6807 \begin_layout Standard
6808 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6809 them from the first line.
6812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6818 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxlist}
6825 \begin_layout Standard
6830 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6834 \begin_layout Standard
6835 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6836 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:itemize}
6841 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:descrlist}
6854 create numbered lists.
6859 does, and it's documented in section
6860 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:enumerate}
6868 \begin_layout Standard
6877 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6878 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6882 \begin_layout Labeling
6883 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6885 labels LyX uses the first
6886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6893 of each line as the item label.
6898 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6899 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6900 blank as described above.
6903 \begin_layout Labeling
6904 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6905 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6906 the body of the item text.
6907 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6908 label width plus a little extra space.
6912 \begin_layout Labeling
6913 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6915 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6916 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6917 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6925 into the first line.
6926 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6927 margin of the rest of the item text.
6930 \begin_layout Labeling
6931 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6932 default\InsetSpace ~
6933 width You can very easily set this default width.
6934 It's quite painless, actually.
6935 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6939 environment have the same left margin.
6942 \begin_layout Labeling
6943 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6944 uses You should use the
6948 environment the same way you'd use as
6952 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6958 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6962 \begin_layout Labeling
6963 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6964 nesting You can nest
6968 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6970 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6972 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
6976 to learn about nesting.
6979 \begin_layout Standard
6980 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
6983 \begin_layout Standard
6984 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
6986 You can also simply move the cursor into a
6990 item if you want to change only its label width.
6996 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7001 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7015 box determines the default label width.
7016 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7017 here, but you don't need to.
7018 We recommend using the letter
7019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7027 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7028 The default label width in the example
7033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7049 as your unit of width in the
7054 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7060 every time you alter a label in a
7067 \begin_layout Standard
7068 There's yet another feature of the
7072 environment we need to tell you about.
7073 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7074 You can use additional
7078 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7084 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:hspace}
7089 Here are some examples:
7092 \begin_layout Labeling
7093 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7094 Left The default for
7101 \begin_layout Labeling
7102 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7109 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7112 \begin_layout Labeling
7113 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7122 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7125 \begin_layout Standard
7126 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7131 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7138 \begin_layout Standard
7139 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7140 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7142 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
7146 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7149 \begin_layout Subsection
7153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7166 \begin_layout Standard
7167 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7178 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7179 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7180 In contrast, you can use the
7189 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7190 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7194 \begin_layout Standard
7195 Of course, you're not limited to using
7210 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7211 some European academic papers.
7214 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7216 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:adress_usage}
7223 \begin_layout Standard
7228 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7229 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7235 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7236 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7237 Here's an example of each:
7240 \begin_layout Right Address
7247 When is it? What is today?
7250 \begin_layout Standard
7257 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7258 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7259 Here's an example of the
7266 \begin_layout Address
7269 Where do I send this
7271 Your post office and country
7274 \begin_layout Standard
7275 As you can see, both
7284 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7285 Speaking of which, if you hit
7289 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7295 This makes sense, however, since
7303 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7314 Special\InsetSpace ~
7319 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7333 menu] to start a new line in an
7345 \begin_layout Subsection
7349 \begin_layout Standard
7350 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7351 or list of references.
7352 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7355 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7361 \begin_layout Standard
7366 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7371 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7375 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7380 environment is only useful in the
7381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7396 document classes [as well as
7397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7404 which is just a specialized version of
7405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7421 document class ignores the
7425 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7445 environment does several things for you.
7446 First, it puts the centered label
7447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7455 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7457 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7458 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7459 the subsequent text.
7460 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7461 If your document is in the
7462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7469 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7470 version of the file.
7473 \begin_layout Standard
7474 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7482 reset the paragraph environment.
7483 The new paragraph will still be in the
7488 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7489 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7492 \begin_layout Standard
7493 We'd love to give you an example of the
7497 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7506 If you've never heard of an
7507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7514 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7517 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7523 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bibliography}
7530 \begin_layout Standard
7535 environment is used to list references.
7540 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7544 only use it at the end of the document.
7545 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7549 in anything else or vice versa.
7553 \begin_layout Standard
7554 When you first open a
7558 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7574 depending on the document class.
7575 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7576 Each paragraph of the
7580 environment is a bibliography entry.
7589 reset the paragraph environment.
7590 Each new paragraph is still in the
7597 \begin_layout Standard
7606 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7607 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7616 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7618 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7620 We could choose the key
7621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7629 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7637 field isn't useless.
7638 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7643 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7651 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7652 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7653 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7658 appears at the end of this document.
7660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7664 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
7669 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite[Chapter 3]{latexcompanion}
7674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7677 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7678 In the second one, we used the
7687 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7712 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7713 of the bibliography entry.
7716 \begin_layout Standard
7717 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7719 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7721 Extended LyX Features
7726 \begin_layout Subsection
7730 \begin_layout Standard
7731 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7732 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7733 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7736 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7742 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:captionlayout}
7749 \begin_layout Standard
7754 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7765 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7781 , depending on which type of
7786 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7790 \begin_layout Standard
7791 You can't really nest things into a
7796 Additionally, hitting
7800 resets the paragraph environment to
7808 can only be a single paragraph.
7811 \begin_layout Standard
7816 environment outside of a
7828 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
7833 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
7837 for more information on
7851 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7857 \begin_layout Standard
7862 environment is another LyX extension.
7863 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7868 key as a fixed whitespace;
7872 \begin_layout Standard
7883 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7886 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7891 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7892 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7914 reset the paragraph environment.
7915 So, when you finish using the
7919 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7928 environment inside of others.
7931 \begin_layout Standard
7932 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7935 \begin_layout Itemize
7940 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
7952 \begin_layout Itemize
7965 \begin_layout Itemize
7970 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7977 \begin_layout Itemize
7986 \begin_layout Itemize
7987 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7988 You must put at least one
7992 in any line you want blank.
7993 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7996 \begin_layout Itemize
7997 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8001 since that will insert
8006 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8014 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8017 \begin_layout Standard
8021 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8025 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8029 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8033 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8037 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8043 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8047 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8051 \begin_layout Standard
8052 This is just the standard
8053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8064 \begin_layout Standard
8069 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8070 rc-files, and so on.
8071 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8072 text as if you used a typewriter.
8075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8079 \begin_layout Standard
8080 The comment paragraph environment can be used to write comments about your
8081 document that will not appear in the final output.
8082 In order to make this clear, LyX will present the comment environment in
8083 a different color than the rest of the text.
8086 \begin_layout Section
8087 Nesting Environments
8088 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:nest}
8095 \begin_layout Subsection
8099 \begin_layout Standard
8100 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8104 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8106 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:nest}
8111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8114 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8123 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8128 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8129 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8130 screen and bytes in memory.
8131 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8132 and specific properties.
8133 However, what if you wanted one
8134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8141 to inherit some of the properties of another
8142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8152 \begin_layout Standard
8153 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8154 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8155 In other words, you have a list
8159 of another list, with the inner list
8160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8170 \begin_layout Enumerate
8174 \begin_layout Enumerate
8179 \begin_layout Enumerate
8183 \begin_layout Enumerate
8188 \begin_layout Enumerate
8192 \begin_layout Standard
8193 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8194 you nest one list inside the other.
8198 \begin_layout Standard
8199 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8205 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8206 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8214 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8215 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8225 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8226 will tell you how far you are nested).
8229 \begin_layout Standard
8230 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8240 \begin_layout Standard
8251 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8258 to change the nesting level.
8259 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8260 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8264 \begin_layout Standard
8265 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8266 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8267 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8268 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8269 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8270 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8271 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8275 \begin_layout Standard
8276 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8277 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8279 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8282 \begin_layout Subsection
8283 What You Can and Can't Nest
8286 \begin_layout Standard
8287 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8288 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8291 \begin_layout Standard
8292 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8293 can you or can't you.
8294 There's also the question of how.
8295 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8296 environment into it? A
8297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8304 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8315 \begin_layout Standard
8316 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8318 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8319 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8320 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8322 There is one last type of environment.
8323 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8324 You can't nest anything into them.
8327 \begin_layout Standard
8328 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8329 environments have them:
8333 \begin_layout Standard
8334 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8343 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8355 into other environments.
8357 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8358 Then again, it may not.
8359 We don't know for certain.
8360 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8361 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8369 \begin_layout Description
8370 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8371 Can't nest into them.
8375 \begin_layout Itemize
8381 \begin_layout Itemize
8387 \begin_layout Itemize
8393 \begin_layout Itemize
8400 \begin_layout Description
8402 Nestable You can nest them.
8403 You can nest other things into them.
8407 \begin_layout Itemize
8413 \begin_layout Itemize
8419 \begin_layout Itemize
8425 \begin_layout Itemize
8431 \begin_layout Itemize
8437 \begin_layout Itemize
8443 \begin_layout Itemize
8449 \begin_layout Itemize
8455 \begin_layout Itemize
8462 \begin_layout Description
8463 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8464 You can't nest anything into them.
8468 \begin_layout Itemize
8474 \begin_layout Itemize
8480 \begin_layout Itemize
8488 \begin_layout Itemize
8494 \begin_layout Itemize
8500 \begin_layout Itemize
8508 \begin_layout Itemize
8514 \begin_layout Itemize
8520 \begin_layout Itemize
8526 \begin_layout Itemize
8532 \begin_layout Itemize
8538 \begin_layout Itemize
8544 \begin_layout Itemize
8550 \begin_layout Itemize
8557 \begin_layout Itemize
8563 \begin_layout Itemize
8570 \begin_layout Subsection
8571 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8572 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table-and-fig-nesting}
8579 \begin_layout Standard
8580 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8581 affected by nesting anyhow.
8585 \begin_layout Itemize
8589 \begin_layout Itemize
8593 \begin_layout Itemize
8597 \begin_layout Standard
8598 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8602 , this is no longer true.
8603 See below or look in sections
8604 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
8609 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
8616 \begin_layout Standard
8617 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8618 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8619 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8623 \begin_layout Standard
8624 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8632 of its own, it behaves just like a
8633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8640 paragraph environment.
8641 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8645 \begin_layout Standard
8646 Here's an example with a table:
8649 \begin_layout Enumerate
8654 \begin_layout Enumerate
8655 This is (a) and it's nested.
8659 \begin_layout Standard
8660 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8666 \begin_layout Standard
8668 \begin_inset Tabular
8669 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8671 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8673 <row topline="true">
8674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8677 \begin_layout Standard
8692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8695 \begin_layout Standard
8711 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Standard
8730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8733 \begin_layout Standard
8756 \begin_layout Standard
8757 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8764 \begin_layout Enumerate
8766 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8770 \begin_layout Enumerate
8774 \begin_layout Standard
8775 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8778 \begin_layout Enumerate
8783 \begin_layout Enumerate
8784 This is (a) and it's nested.
8788 \begin_layout Standard
8789 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8795 \begin_layout Standard
8797 \begin_inset Tabular
8798 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8800 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8801 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8802 <row topline="true">
8803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8806 \begin_layout Standard
8821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8824 \begin_layout Standard
8840 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8844 \begin_layout Standard
8859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8862 \begin_layout Standard
8885 \begin_layout Standard
8886 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8892 \begin_layout Enumerate
8899 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8902 \begin_layout Enumerate
8906 \begin_layout Standard
8907 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8911 \begin_layout Standard
8912 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8914 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8917 \begin_layout Enumerate
8922 \begin_layout Enumerate
8923 This is (a) and it's nested.
8926 \begin_layout Standard
8927 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8933 \begin_layout Standard
8935 \begin_inset Tabular
8936 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8938 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8939 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8940 <row topline="true">
8941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8944 \begin_layout Standard
8959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8962 \begin_layout Standard
8978 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8982 \begin_layout Standard
8997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9000 \begin_layout Standard
9023 \begin_layout Standard
9024 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9030 \begin_layout Enumerate
9032 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9040 \begin_layout Enumerate
9044 \begin_layout Standard
9045 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9051 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9052 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9056 \begin_layout Standard
9057 Then there are the so-called
9066 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9067 have a fixed location.
9069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9076 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9097 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9101 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9107 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9108 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9111 \begin_layout Subsection
9112 Usage and General Features
9115 \begin_layout Standard
9116 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9125 is the innermost possible depth.
9126 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9129 \begin_layout Enumerate
9130 level #1 - outermost
9134 \begin_layout Enumerate
9139 \begin_layout Enumerate
9144 \begin_layout Enumerate
9149 \begin_layout Itemize
9154 \begin_layout Itemize
9163 \begin_layout Standard
9164 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9165 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9169 \begin_layout Standard
9170 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9171 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9172 to produce output for your document.
9177 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9185 environment, and so on.
9186 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9189 \begin_layout Standard
9190 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9191 both of them in the example.
9192 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9202 For example, if we tried to nest another
9207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9218 \begin_layout Standard
9219 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9220 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9221 to produce output for your document.
9229 \begin_layout Subsection
9233 \begin_layout Standard
9234 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9235 We have several examples of nested environments.
9236 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9241 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9244 \begin_layout Labeling
9245 \labelwidthstring MMM
9246 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9255 \begin_layout Labeling
9256 \labelwidthstring MMM
9257 #2-a This is level #2.
9258 We created it by using
9271 \begin_layout Labeling
9272 \labelwidthstring MMM
9273 #3-a This is level #3.
9274 This time, we just hit
9284 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9298 \begin_layout Standard
9303 environment, nested inside of
9304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9312 So, it's at level #4.
9313 We did this by hitting
9322 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9327 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9343 \begin_layout Standard
9348 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9355 \begin_layout Labeling
9356 \labelwidthstring MMM
9357 #4-a This is level #4.
9362 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9367 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9371 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9376 keep nesting things inside of
9377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9388 \begin_layout Labeling
9389 \labelwidthstring MMM
9390 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9395 \begin_layout Labeling
9396 \labelwidthstring MMM
9397 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9398 and this is level #6.
9399 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9403 \begin_layout Labeling
9404 \labelwidthstring MMM
9405 #5-b Back to level #5.
9419 \begin_layout Labeling
9420 \labelwidthstring MMM
9430 , we're back at level #4.
9434 \begin_layout Labeling
9435 \labelwidthstring MMM
9436 #3-b Back to level #3.
9437 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9441 \begin_layout Labeling
9442 \labelwidthstring MMM
9443 #2-b Back to level #2.
9448 \begin_layout Labeling
9449 \labelwidthstring MMM
9450 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9451 After this sentence, we'll hit
9455 and change the paragraph environment back to
9462 \begin_layout Standard
9463 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9479 environment in place of the
9484 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9487 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9488 Example #2: Inheritance
9491 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9492 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9495 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9505 , after which, we'll change to the
9513 \begin_layout Enumerate
9518 environment, at level #2.
9521 \begin_layout Enumerate
9522 Notice how the nested
9526 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9530 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9534 \begin_layout Standard
9535 We ended this example by hitting
9540 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9544 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9552 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9553 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9565 \begin_layout Standard
9566 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9574 \begin_layout Enumerate
9575 This is level #1, in an
9579 paragraph environment.
9580 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9584 \begin_layout Enumerate
9596 Now, what happens if we nest an
9600 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9601 label be? An asterisk?
9605 \begin_layout Itemize
9615 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9616 So, its label is a bullet.
9617 [Note: we got here by using
9626 , then changing the environment to
9634 \begin_layout Itemize
9635 Here's level #4, produced using
9645 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9650 \begin_layout Enumerate
9651 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9653 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9658 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9686 \begin_layout Enumerate
9691 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9692 type of numbering does LyX use?
9695 \begin_layout Enumerate
9696 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9700 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9703 \begin_layout Enumerate
9709 to decrease the depth after the next
9717 \begin_layout Enumerate
9719 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9723 \begin_layout Enumerate
9725 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9726 numeral as the label.
9730 \begin_layout Enumerate
9731 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9740 Notice, however, that LyX
9744 reset the counter for the label.
9748 \begin_layout Enumerate
9758 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9759 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9760 into the twofold-nested
9768 \begin_layout Enumerate
9769 The same thing happens if we do another
9778 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9781 \begin_layout Standard
9782 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9787 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9805 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9810 The same rule applies for the
9814 environment, as well.
9817 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9818 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9821 \begin_layout Enumerate
9822 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9823 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9824 same detail with how we did it.
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9836 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9839 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9840 example in brackets someplace.
9841 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9842 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9843 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9847 \begin_layout Enumerate
9852 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9857 Now we'll add verse.
9859 It will get much worse.
9863 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9870 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9872 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9882 Here comes a table for you:
9886 \begin_layout Standard
9887 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9895 \begin_inset Tabular
9896 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9898 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9899 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9904 \begin_layout Standard
9919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9922 \begin_layout Standard
9938 <row topline="true">
9939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9942 \begin_layout Standard
9957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9960 \begin_layout Standard
9987 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9992 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9999 \begin_layout Enumerate
10004 : level #1] This is another item.
10005 Note that selecting a
10009 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10010 3 times to put the table inside the
10018 \begin_layout Quotation
10019 We're now ending the
10023 list and changing to
10028 We're still at level #1.
10029 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10030 The next set of paragraphs is a
10031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10038 We'll nest both the
10047 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10051 for the letter body.
10056 to preserve the depth.
10057 Remember that you need to use
10061 to create multiple lines inside the
10075 \begin_layout Right Address
10078 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10083 \begin_layout Address
10084 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10088 \begin_layout Quotation
10089 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10090 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10091 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10092 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10093 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10094 as soon as possible.
10095 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10098 \begin_layout Quotation
10099 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10100 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10101 with your order, along with payment.
10104 \begin_layout Quotation
10105 We thank you again for your patience.
10108 \begin_layout Address
10115 \begin_layout Quotation
10116 That ends that example!
10119 \begin_layout Standard
10120 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10121 just a few keystrokes.
10122 We could have easily nested an
10143 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10146 \begin_layout Section
10147 Fonts and Text Styles
10150 \begin_layout Subsection
10154 \begin_layout Standard
10155 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10156 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10157 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10158 font to emphasize text, you use an
10159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10167 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10168 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10172 \begin_layout Standard
10173 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10187 style corresponds to an italics font.
10192 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10193 styles use to typeset proper names.
10194 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10195 1.4) introduced true character
10196 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10198 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10199 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10203 \begin_layout Subsection
10207 \begin_layout Standard
10208 You can set the default font from the
10213 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10225 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10226 your document fonts.
10227 The most important ones are those in the
10236 The possible options under
10241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10252 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10274 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10275 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10277 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10290 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10291 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10308 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10309 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10310 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10311 if a font is not installed).
10312 Please have a look at
10317 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10324 about where to get the fonts.
10325 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10326 a new font to common operation systems.
10327 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10330 \begin_layout Standard
10331 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10332 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10334 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10336 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10357 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10364 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10365 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10376 Default\InsetSpace ~
10379 option lets you change this.
10380 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10403 Default\InsetSpace ~
10409 \begin_layout Standard
10419 group, you can usually select from four possible
10436 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10437 Remember, this is the
10442 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10443 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10444 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10446 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10447 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10450 \begin_layout Standard
10451 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10452 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10453 height than the Roman Font.
10454 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10457 \begin_layout Standard
10462 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10470 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10479 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10484 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10485 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10486 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10496 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10497 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10499 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10501 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10503 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10504 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10505 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10506 Note that math figures are
10510 affected by this choice.
10513 \begin_layout Standard
10514 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10515 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10516 are not set up correctly.
10519 \begin_layout Standard
10520 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10541 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10542 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10543 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10544 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10545 is just a representation of
10546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10558 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10565 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10568 \begin_layout Subsection
10569 Using Different Character Styles
10572 \begin_layout Standard
10573 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10574 certain paragraph environments.
10575 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10584 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10588 \begin_layout Standard
10593 style, do one of the following:
10596 \begin_layout Itemize
10597 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10600 \begin_layout Itemize
10607 \begin_layout Standard
10608 These commands are all toggles.
10613 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10617 One typically uses the
10621 style for proper names.
10623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10630 is the original author of LyX.
10631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10637 \begin_layout Standard
10638 A more widely used character style is the
10643 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10650 \begin_layout Itemize
10651 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10662 \begin_layout Itemize
10663 using the keybindings
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10674 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10675 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10678 \begin_layout Standard
10679 We've been using the
10683 style all over the place in this document.
10684 Here's one more example:
10687 \begin_layout Quotation
10690 Don't overuse character styles!
10693 \begin_layout Standard
10694 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10695 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10696 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10697 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10701 \begin_layout Standard
10702 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10711 \begin_layout Subsection
10712 Fine-Tuning with the
10717 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Text-Style-Dialog}
10724 \begin_layout Standard
10725 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10726 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10727 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10728 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10732 \begin_layout Standard
10737 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10738 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10743 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10744 from ordinary dialogue.
10747 \begin_layout Standard
10748 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10749 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10750 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10751 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10752 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10757 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10762 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10763 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10766 \begin_layout Standard
10767 Enough complaining.
10770 \begin_layout Standard
10771 To use custom fonts, open the
10776 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10785 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10786 font property which you can choose.
10787 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10792 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10797 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10799 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10800 environments in a snap.
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10816 \begin_layout Labeling
10817 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10834 The possible options are:
10838 \begin_layout Labeling
10839 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10844 This is the Roman font family.
10848 \begin_layout Standard
10849 It's also the default family.
10859 \begin_layout Labeling
10860 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10868 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10872 \begin_layout Standard
10882 \begin_layout Labeling
10883 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10890 This is the Typewriter font family.
10894 \begin_layout Standard
10905 \begin_layout Labeling
10906 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10914 This corresponds to the print weight.
10919 \begin_layout Labeling
10920 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10925 This is the Medium font series.
10929 \begin_layout Standard
10930 It's also the default series.
10934 \begin_layout Labeling
10935 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10942 This is the Bold font series.
10946 \begin_layout Standard
10947 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
10957 \begin_layout Labeling
10958 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10967 As the name implies.
10972 \begin_layout Labeling
10973 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10978 This is the Upright font shape.
10982 \begin_layout Standard
10983 It's also the default shape.
10987 \begin_layout Labeling
10988 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10999 s the Italic font shape
11005 \begin_layout Labeling
11006 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11013 This is the Slanted font shape
11018 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11021 \begin_layout Labeling
11022 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11030 This is the Small caps font shape
11037 \begin_layout Labeling
11038 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11047 Alters the size of the font.
11048 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11049 nal to the default font size.
11050 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11051 what you want to do.
11055 \begin_layout Standard
11056 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11059 \begin_layout Labeling
11060 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11079 \begin_layout Standard
11094 \begin_layout Labeling
11095 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11113 \begin_layout Standard
11123 \begin_layout Labeling
11124 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11142 \begin_layout Standard
11157 \begin_layout Labeling
11158 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11177 \begin_layout Standard
11192 \begin_layout Labeling
11193 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11210 \begin_layout Standard
11211 It's also the default size.
11226 \begin_layout Labeling
11227 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11246 \begin_layout Standard
11261 \begin_layout Labeling
11262 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11281 \begin_layout Standard
11296 \begin_layout Labeling
11297 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11316 \begin_layout Standard
11326 \begin_layout Labeling
11327 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11346 \begin_layout Standard
11361 \begin_layout Labeling
11362 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11396 \begin_layout Standard
11401 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11402 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11403 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11404 - use that instead.
11405 This is here for fine-tuning
11411 \begin_layout Labeling
11412 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11420 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11425 \begin_layout Labeling
11426 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11433 This is text with emphasize on
11439 \begin_layout Standard
11440 This might seem like the same as
11444 , but it is actually a bit different.
11445 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11446 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11455 \begin_layout Labeling
11456 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11463 This is text with Underbar on.
11467 \begin_layout Standard
11477 \begin_layout Labeling
11478 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11485 This is text with Noun on.
11489 \begin_layout Standard
11494 , this is a logical attribute.
11495 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11500 , but that is bound to change some day.
11504 \begin_layout Standard
11505 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11506 when you couldn't change fonts.
11507 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11508 an underscore character.
11509 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11514 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11515 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11520 \begin_layout Labeling
11521 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11526 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11527 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11532 LaTeX package installed.
11537 is not able to display these colors.
11548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11555 , you can choose between
11590 \begin_layout Labeling
11591 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11596 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11597 the language of the document.
11598 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11601 \begin_layout Standard
11602 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11605 \begin_layout Standard
11606 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11611 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11619 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11635 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11636 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11640 \begin_layout Standard
11641 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11648 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11649 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11667 Toggle on all these
11680 \begin_layout Standard
11681 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11683 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11685 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11688 \begin_layout Section
11689 Printing and Previewing
11692 \begin_layout Subsection
11696 \begin_layout Standard
11697 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11698 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11699 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11700 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11701 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11708 \begin_layout Standard
11709 LyX uses a program called
11710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11718 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11719 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11727 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11728 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11729 This happens in a couple of stages:
11732 \begin_layout Enumerate
11733 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11734 generating a file with the extension,
11735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11750 \begin_layout Enumerate
11751 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11755 file to produce printable output.
11756 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11757 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11761 file, or DVI for short.
11762 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11775 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11776 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11780 \begin_layout Description
11781 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11782 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11783 be a link to these files.
11784 So don't forget these files if you move your
11788 file to another computer.
11792 \begin_layout Enumerate
11798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11805 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11809 \begin_layout Enumerate
11814 files using a program called
11821 \begin_layout Enumerate
11822 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11829 \begin_layout Enumerate
11830 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11831 LyX automatically converts the
11835 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11836 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11845 \begin_layout Standard
11846 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11851 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11852 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11853 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11854 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11860 \begin_layout Standard
11861 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11864 \begin_layout Standard
11865 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11866 preview of your document.
11867 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11869 The printed result is worth the wait.
11870 Quality always has its price.
11873 \begin_layout Subsection
11874 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11877 \begin_layout Standard
11878 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11879 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11884 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11895 \begin_layout Standard
11896 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11902 You can now look at the results.
11903 [If you want more info on the
11914 \begin_layout Description
11915 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11919 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11920 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11925 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11930 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11947 program will automatically reread the
11951 file and give you an updated view.
11954 \begin_layout Subsection
11955 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
11958 \begin_layout Standard
11963 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
11964 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
11965 One reason is fonts.
11969 \begin_layout Standard
11974 : Another reason is paranoia.
11975 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
11976 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
11982 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
11991 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
11994 \begin_layout Standard
11995 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12011 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12016 You can now look at the results.
12019 \begin_layout Standard
12020 You've guessed what the
12025 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12039 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12043 window after this command to update the view.
12046 \begin_layout Subsection
12050 \begin_layout Standard
12051 To print a file, select
12065 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12074 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12075 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12076 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12077 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12078 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12079 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12082 \begin_layout Standard
12083 You can set the parameters in the
12090 \begin_layout Labeling
12091 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12099 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12103 \begin_layout Standard
12104 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12117 has to be configured for this printer name.
12119 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:dvipsconfig}
12127 documentation for details.
12128 The default printer can also be set in
12137 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12140 \begin_layout Labeling
12141 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12149 The name of a file to print to.
12150 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12152 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12153 specify the full path.
12156 \begin_layout Standard
12157 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12161 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12165 have to process your document.
12168 \begin_layout Section
12169 A Few Words about Typography
12172 \begin_layout Subsection
12173 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12174 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hyphens}
12181 \begin_layout Standard
12183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12194 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12209 \begin_layout Enumerate
12215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12229 \begin_layout Enumerate
12235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12244 \begin_layout Standard
12256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12262 \begin_layout Enumerate
12268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12277 \begin_layout Standard
12290 \begin_layout Standard
12302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12308 \begin_layout Enumerate
12312 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12332 \begin_layout Standard
12333 You generate these by using the
12334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12345 character multiple times in a row.
12346 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12350 \begin_layout Standard
12351 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12352 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12353 Here are some examples of the
12354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12368 \begin_layout Enumerate
12369 line- and page-breaks
12378 \begin_layout Enumerate
12388 \begin_layout Enumerate
12389 Oh --- there's a dash.
12398 \begin_layout Enumerate
12399 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12411 \begin_layout Standard
12412 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12413 there is one in the printed version.
12416 \begin_layout Standard
12417 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12418 inserts hyphens in English text.
12419 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12422 \begin_layout Standard
12423 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12429 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12433 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12436 \begin_layout Quote
12439 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12440 nohyphenation, loaded.
12443 \begin_layout Standard
12444 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12445 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12453 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12461 the relevant line in a file typically named
12466 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12469 \begin_layout Standard
12470 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12474 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12476 This is done with the menu item
12478 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12487 Special\InsetSpace ~
12502 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12503 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12506 \begin_layout Subsection
12510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12511 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12512 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:abbrev}
12519 \begin_layout Standard
12520 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12521 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12522 LaTeX then adds the
12523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12526 appropriate amount of space
12527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12530 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12532 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12535 \begin_layout Standard
12536 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12537 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12550 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12551 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12554 \begin_layout Standard
12555 Here are some examples of
12559 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12562 \begin_layout Itemize
12567 \begin_layout Itemize
12572 \begin_layout Standard
12573 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12574 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12577 \begin_layout Itemize
12580 this is too much space!
12583 \begin_layout Itemize
12588 \begin_layout Standard
12589 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12592 \begin_layout Standard
12593 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12596 \begin_layout Enumerate
12599 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12602 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12604 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
12611 \begin_layout Enumerate
12617 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12619 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
12626 \begin_layout Enumerate
12631 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12639 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12644 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12647 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12648 This function is also bound to
12655 \begin_layout Standard
12656 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12659 \begin_layout Itemize
12660 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12661 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12662 this is too much space!
12665 \begin_layout Itemize
12666 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12670 \begin_layout Standard
12671 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12672 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12674 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12680 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12688 feature described in
12695 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12697 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:quotes}
12704 \begin_layout Standard
12705 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12706 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12707 and use a closing quote at the end.
12709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12717 The keyboard character,
12721 , generates this automatically.
12724 \begin_layout Standard
12727 New in version 1.4:
12729 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12734 This produces quotation marks like this:
12735 \begin_inset Quotes els
12741 \begin_layout Standard
12742 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12750 There are six choices:
12753 \begin_layout Labeling
12754 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12766 Use quotes like this
12767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12775 \begin_inset Quotes els
12779 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12785 \begin_layout Labeling
12786 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12789 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12793 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12799 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12803 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12807 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12813 \begin_layout Labeling
12814 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12817 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12821 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12827 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12831 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12835 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12839 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12845 \begin_layout Labeling
12846 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12849 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12853 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12859 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12863 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12867 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12871 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12877 \begin_layout Labeling
12878 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12881 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12885 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12891 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12895 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12899 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12903 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12909 \begin_layout Labeling
12910 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12913 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12917 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12923 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12927 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12931 \begin_inset Quotes als
12935 \begin_inset Quotes ars
12941 \begin_layout Standard
12942 Again, this affects what character the
12949 \begin_layout Standard
12950 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
12963 \begin_layout Subsection
12965 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ligatures}
12972 \begin_layout Standard
12973 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
12974 print them as single characters.
12975 These groups are known as
12980 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
12982 Here are the possible ligatures:
12985 \begin_layout Itemize
12989 \begin_layout Itemize
12993 \begin_layout Itemize
12997 \begin_layout Itemize
13001 \begin_layout Itemize
13005 \begin_layout Standard
13006 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13007 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13015 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13031 To break a ligature, use
13036 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13037 Special\InsetSpace ~
13044 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13047 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13063 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13080 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13088 \begin_layout Subsection
13090 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:widows}
13097 \begin_layout Standard
13098 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13100 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13101 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13102 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13103 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13104 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13105 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13116 \begin_layout Standard
13117 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13118 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13119 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13120 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13121 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13122 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13123 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13126 \begin_layout Standard
13127 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13128 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13129 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13131 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexcompanion}
13137 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{latexguide}
13141 ] may have more information.
13142 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13145 \begin_layout Chapter
13146 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13147 \begin_inset OptArg
13150 \begin_layout Standard
13151 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13159 \begin_layout Section
13163 \begin_layout Standard
13164 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13172 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13173 somewhere else in your text.
13174 When you insert a footnote with
13183 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13215 appearing within your text.
13216 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13217 You can enter your text into this box.
13219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13238 label, the box will
13239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13251 Clicking on the button again will
13256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13267 \begin_layout Standard
13268 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13273 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13274 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13275 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13276 when it processes your file.
13277 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13278 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13279 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13282 \begin_layout Standard
13283 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13284 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13298 document class or changing the counter
13303 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13311 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13332 \begin_layout Description
13333 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13335 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13336 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13338 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13342 \begin_layout Section
13346 \begin_layout Standard
13347 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13348 When you insert a margin note via
13354 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13370 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13371 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13394 appearing within your text.
13395 \begin_inset Marginal
13398 \begin_layout Standard
13399 This is a margin note.
13404 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13405 You can enter your text into this box.
13407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13420 label, the box will
13421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13429 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13446 \begin_layout Standard
13447 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13449 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13450 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13451 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13455 \begin_layout Section
13456 Figures and Imported Graphics
13457 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figures}
13464 \begin_layout Standard
13465 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13466 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13467 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13468 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13472 \begin_layout Standard
13473 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13474 in the document you place them.
13475 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13477 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13484 \begin_layout Standard
13485 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13486 on the toolbar, or select
13491 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13502 \begin_layout Standard
13503 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13504 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13507 \begin_layout Standard
13509 \begin_inset Graphics
13510 filename mobius.eps
13513 rotateOrigin center
13520 \begin_layout Standard
13521 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13526 tab allows you to choose your image file (note that a wide variety of image
13527 formats are supported automatically).
13528 The figure can be transformed by setting a rotation angle, using a bounding
13532 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:Units-for-image}
13536 describes all available units.
13537 It is possible to set a bounding box automatically for some image formats
13540 Bounding\InsetSpace ~
13544 Note that it is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and
13545 the display in the final document separately, which can be very useful
13547 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13552 You can also set the
13556 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13558 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
13565 \begin_layout Subsection
13569 \begin_layout Standard
13570 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13571 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13572 target output format can be created.
13573 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13575 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13582 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13585 \begin_layout Standard
13586 \begin_inset Float table
13592 \begin_layout Caption
13593 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:Units-for-image}
13597 Units for setting the image size
13600 \begin_layout Standard
13601 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13607 \begin_layout Standard
13609 \begin_inset Tabular
13610 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13614 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13618 \begin_layout Standard
13624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13627 \begin_layout Standard
13634 <row topline="true">
13635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13638 \begin_layout Standard
13644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13647 \begin_layout Standard
13654 <row topline="true">
13655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13658 \begin_layout Standard
13664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13667 \begin_layout Standard
13674 <row topline="true">
13675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13678 \begin_layout Standard
13684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13687 \begin_layout Standard
13694 <row topline="true">
13695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13707 \begin_layout Standard
13708 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13714 <row topline="true">
13715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13718 \begin_layout Standard
13724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13727 \begin_layout Standard
13728 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13734 <row topline="true">
13735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13738 \begin_layout Standard
13744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13747 \begin_layout Standard
13748 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13754 <row topline="true">
13755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13758 \begin_layout Standard
13764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13768 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13774 <row topline="true">
13775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13787 \begin_layout Standard
13789 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13793 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13802 <row topline="true">
13803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13806 \begin_layout Standard
13812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13815 \begin_layout Standard
13816 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
13822 <row topline="true">
13823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13826 \begin_layout Standard
13832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13835 \begin_layout Standard
13836 % of original image width
13842 <row topline="true">
13843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13846 \begin_layout Standard
13852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13855 \begin_layout Standard
13862 <row topline="true">
13863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13866 \begin_layout Standard
13872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13875 \begin_layout Standard
13882 <row topline="true">
13883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13886 \begin_layout Standard
13892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13895 \begin_layout Standard
13902 <row topline="true">
13903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13906 \begin_layout Standard
13912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13915 \begin_layout Standard
13922 <row topline="true">
13923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13926 \begin_layout Standard
13932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13935 \begin_layout Standard
13942 <row topline="true">
13943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13946 \begin_layout Standard
13952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13955 \begin_layout Standard
13962 <row topline="true">
13963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13966 \begin_layout Standard
13972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13975 \begin_layout Standard
13986 <row topline="true">
13987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13990 \begin_layout Standard
13996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13999 \begin_layout Standard
14010 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14014 \begin_layout Standard
14020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14023 \begin_layout Standard
14024 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
14042 \begin_layout Standard
14043 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14044 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14045 figures themselves.
14046 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14079 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14092 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14093 loadable graphics format.
14096 \begin_layout Standard
14097 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14109 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14118 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14119 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14120 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14125 If, after all that, LyX
14129 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14133 Error converting to loadable format
14134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14137 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14138 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14139 list of known converters.
14142 \begin_layout Standard
14143 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14144 when generating the final document.
14145 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14146 in PostScript® format.
14147 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14160 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14163 \begin_layout Subsection
14167 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14168 Using Figure Floats
14169 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:figurefloats}
14176 \begin_layout Standard
14177 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14178 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14179 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14180 it preferable to use
14182 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14185 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14186 deems necessary for a good fit.
14187 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14188 place a caption on them, using the
14192 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14194 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:captionlayout}
14201 \begin_layout Standard
14204 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14212 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14217 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14221 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14222 above to insert the actual figure.
14225 \begin_layout Standard
14226 \begin_inset Float figure
14232 \begin_layout Caption
14233 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:escher}
14241 \begin_layout Standard
14243 \begin_inset Graphics
14244 filename escher-lsd.eps
14246 rotateOrigin center
14258 \begin_layout Standard
14259 \begin_inset Float figure
14265 \begin_layout Standard
14267 \begin_inset Graphics
14268 filename platypus.eps
14270 rotateOrigin center
14277 \begin_layout Caption
14278 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{fig:kill-plat}
14282 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14290 \begin_layout Standard
14291 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14293 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14294 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14295 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14296 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14300 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14301 This is what we did for figure
14302 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:kill-plat}
14307 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14311 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14312 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{fig:escher}
14317 It is preferred to use one
14326 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14329 \begin_layout Standard
14330 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14331 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14332 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
14342 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14343 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14348 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14349 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14350 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
14354 you can simply insert a
14361 in the caption and refer to it using a
14370 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14371 using vague references to
14372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14379 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14389 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14390 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14392 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14395 \begin_layout Standard
14396 Note that the caption is used in a
14406 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14408 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:ListsOf}
14412 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14415 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14417 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:float-locn}
14424 \begin_layout Standard
14425 Now, the whole idea behind
14427 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14435 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14436 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14437 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14438 for the exact details.
14439 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14441 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14442 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14447 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14460 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14461 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14469 \begin_layout Itemize
14479 \begin_layout Itemize
14489 \begin_layout Itemize
14499 \begin_layout Itemize
14509 \begin_layout Standard
14510 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14513 \begin_layout Description
14514 Here: LyX tries to put the
14518 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14522 \begin_layout Standard
14523 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14527 \begin_layout Description
14528 Top: LyX tries to put the
14532 at the top of the current page.
14533 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14536 \begin_layout Description
14537 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14541 at the bottom of the current page.
14542 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14545 \begin_layout Description
14546 Page: LyX tries to put the
14554 s) on a page of its own.
14557 \begin_layout Standard
14558 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14559 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14560 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14572 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14573 The default placement list is
14574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14585 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14586 on a page by itself.
14587 If you want LyX to try
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14595 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14612 \begin_layout Enumerate
14619 \begin_layout Standard
14620 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14621 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14622 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14626 \begin_layout Enumerate
14633 \begin_layout Standard
14634 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14635 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14639 \begin_layout Enumerate
14646 \begin_layout Standard
14647 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14648 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14652 \begin_layout Enumerate
14659 \begin_layout Standard
14660 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14664 \begin_layout Subsection
14668 \begin_layout Standard
14669 One obvious question is
14670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14673 how would I create the figures?
14674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14677 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14682 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14683 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14687 there are several ways.
14688 We recommend the following:
14691 \begin_layout Enumerate
14692 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14693 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14695 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14697 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14698 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14699 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14700 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14701 EPS figure, as described above.
14706 \begin_layout Standard
14707 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14709 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14710 the next way is recommended.
14714 \begin_layout Enumerate
14715 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14716 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14717 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14718 Therefore you have to set the
14723 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14729 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14740 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14743 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14748 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14756 (see description in
14760 ) this text will appear as
14761 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14769 \begin_layout Standard
14770 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14771 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14772 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14773 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14774 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14778 \begin_layout Enumerate
14779 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14788 , really] will generate two files:
14792 \begin_layout Enumerate
14793 the PostScript part
14797 , that contains all painting.
14800 \begin_layout Enumerate
14805 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14809 \begin_layout Standard
14810 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14811 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14815 \begin_layout Standard
14816 If you get an error like
14817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14820 unknown graphics extension pstex
14821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14824 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
14829 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
14830 Simply add a line like
14833 \begin_layout Standard
14838 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14844 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
14854 \begin_layout Standard
14859 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
14862 \begin_layout Standard
14863 This should fix the whole thing.
14864 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
14868 and change the LaTeX part
14873 But this is annoying.
14879 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
14880 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
14881 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
14882 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
14883 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
14887 \begin_layout Section
14889 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:tables}
14896 \begin_layout Standard
14897 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
14898 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
14899 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14903 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
14908 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14916 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
14917 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
14918 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
14919 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
14920 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
14921 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
14925 \begin_layout Standard
14927 \begin_inset Tabular
14928 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
14930 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
14932 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
14933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
14934 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14938 \begin_layout Standard
14944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14947 \begin_layout Standard
14962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14965 \begin_layout Standard
14980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14983 \begin_layout Standard
14999 <row topline="true">
15000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15003 \begin_layout Standard
15018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15021 \begin_layout Standard
15027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15030 \begin_layout Standard
15036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15039 \begin_layout Standard
15046 <row topline="true">
15047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15068 \begin_layout Standard
15074 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15077 \begin_layout Standard
15092 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15102 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15106 \begin_layout Standard
15121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15133 \begin_layout Standard
15139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15156 \begin_layout Subsection
15160 \begin_layout Standard
15161 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15162 brings up a settings dialog.
15163 Among these options are:
15166 \begin_layout Itemize
15167 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15168 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15169 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15170 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15171 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15172 row in the example above.
15173 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15174 the left line of the column to the right.
15177 \begin_layout Itemize
15178 Text alignment in a column
15181 \begin_layout Itemize
15182 Appending rows and columns
15185 \begin_layout Itemize
15186 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15189 \begin_layout Itemize
15193 \begin_layout Itemize
15194 Setting a fixed width for a column
15197 \begin_layout Itemize
15198 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15199 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15200 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15203 \begin_layout Itemize
15204 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15207 \begin_layout Standard
15208 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15214 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15228 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15235 when the cursor is inside a table.
15239 \begin_layout Standard
15240 Most of these options also work on selections.
15241 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15242 done on all of your selection.
15243 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15247 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15248 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15254 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15255 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15258 \begin_layout Standard
15259 When you append a row, it is added
15263 the row containing the cursor.
15264 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15269 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15270 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15271 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15275 \begin_layout Standard
15276 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15277 For example, in the above table, row
15278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15285 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15301 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15306 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15310 \begin_layout Standard
15315 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15316 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15317 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15320 \begin_layout Standard
15322 \begin_inset Tabular
15323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15325 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15326 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15327 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15328 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15329 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15332 \begin_layout Standard
15347 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15350 \begin_layout Standard
15365 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Standard
15384 <row topline="true">
15385 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15388 \begin_layout Standard
15403 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15406 \begin_layout Standard
15420 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15423 \begin_layout Standard
15438 <row topline="true">
15439 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15442 \begin_layout Standard
15457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15460 \begin_layout Standard
15474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15477 \begin_layout Standard
15492 <row topline="true">
15493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15496 \begin_layout Standard
15511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15514 \begin_layout Standard
15528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15531 \begin_layout Standard
15546 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15568 \begin_layout Standard
15582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15585 \begin_layout Standard
15607 \begin_layout Standard
15608 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15609 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15611 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15612 \begin_inset Note Note
15615 \begin_layout Standard
15616 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15617 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15625 \begin_layout Standard
15626 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15639 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15642 \begin_layout Standard
15643 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15646 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15649 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15651 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15653 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15656 \begin_layout Standard
15663 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15670 display on screen, and works
15674 for PostScript output.
15675 So, if you want to preview them, use
15680 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15694 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15699 will not show the table properly.
15702 \begin_layout Standard
15704 \begin_inset Tabular
15705 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15707 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15709 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15710 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15711 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15712 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15713 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15714 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15715 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15716 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15717 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15718 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15719 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15723 \begin_layout Standard
15738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15741 \begin_layout Standard
15756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15759 \begin_layout Standard
15774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15777 \begin_layout Standard
15792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15795 \begin_layout Standard
15810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15813 \begin_layout Standard
15828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15831 \begin_layout Standard
15846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15849 \begin_layout Standard
15864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15867 \begin_layout Standard
15882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15885 \begin_layout Standard
15900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15903 \begin_layout Standard
15918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15921 \begin_layout Standard
15937 <row topline="true">
15938 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15941 \begin_layout Standard
15957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15960 \begin_layout Standard
15975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15978 \begin_layout Standard
15984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15987 \begin_layout Standard
16002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16005 \begin_layout Standard
16020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16023 \begin_layout Standard
16029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16032 \begin_layout Standard
16047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16050 \begin_layout Standard
16056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Standard
16074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16077 \begin_layout Standard
16092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Standard
16110 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16113 \begin_layout Standard
16129 <row topline="true">
16130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16133 \begin_layout Standard
16149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Standard
16158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16179 \begin_layout Standard
16194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16197 \begin_layout Standard
16212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16215 \begin_layout Standard
16230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16233 \begin_layout Standard
16248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16251 \begin_layout Standard
16266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16269 \begin_layout Standard
16284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16287 \begin_layout Standard
16302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16305 \begin_layout Standard
16320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16323 \begin_layout Standard
16339 <row topline="true">
16340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16343 \begin_layout Standard
16359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16362 \begin_layout Standard
16377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16380 \begin_layout Standard
16395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16398 \begin_layout Standard
16413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16416 \begin_layout Standard
16422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16425 \begin_layout Standard
16440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16443 \begin_layout Standard
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Standard
16476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16479 \begin_layout Standard
16494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16497 \begin_layout Standard
16503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16506 \begin_layout Standard
16521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16524 \begin_layout Standard
16540 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16544 \begin_layout Standard
16560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16563 \begin_layout Standard
16578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16581 \begin_layout Standard
16587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16590 \begin_layout Standard
16605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16608 \begin_layout Standard
16623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16635 \begin_layout Standard
16641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16644 \begin_layout Standard
16659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16680 \begin_layout Standard
16695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16698 \begin_layout Standard
16704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16707 \begin_layout Standard
16723 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Standard
16742 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16760 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16763 \begin_layout Standard
16769 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16772 \begin_layout Standard
16778 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16781 \begin_layout Standard
16787 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Standard
16796 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Standard
16805 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Standard
16814 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16817 \begin_layout Standard
16823 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Standard
16832 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Standard
16841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16844 \begin_layout Standard
16867 \begin_layout Subsection
16868 What can be placed inside a table cell?
16871 \begin_layout Standard
16872 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
16873 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
16874 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
16875 can be placed in the same cell.
16876 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
16878 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
16882 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
16883 for the cell's paragraph.
16886 \begin_layout Subsection
16887 Cut & Paste in Tables
16890 \begin_layout Standard
16891 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
16892 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
16893 Selection with the mouse or with
16897 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
16898 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
16899 using the mouse to select and paste.
16902 \begin_layout Standard
16904 \begin_inset Tabular
16905 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
16907 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
16909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
16910 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Standard
16929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16932 \begin_layout Standard
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Standard
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Standard
16985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Standard
17003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17006 \begin_layout Standard
17022 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17026 \begin_layout Standard
17041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout Standard
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Standard
17085 \begin_layout Standard
17087 \begin_inset Tabular
17088 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17093 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17097 \begin_layout Standard
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Standard
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Standard
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Standard
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Standard
17186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17189 \begin_layout Standard
17205 <row topline="true">
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Standard
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Standard
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Standard
17243 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17247 \begin_layout Standard
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Standard
17262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17265 \begin_layout Standard
17279 \begin_layout Standard
17280 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17281 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17284 \begin_layout Subsection
17285 Multiple lines in cells
17288 \begin_layout Standard
17289 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17291 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17296 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17297 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17302 \begin_layout Standard
17304 \begin_inset Tabular
17305 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17308 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17309 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17310 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17314 \begin_layout Standard
17329 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Standard
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Standard
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Standard
17385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Standard
17398 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17406 \begin_layout Standard
17422 <row bottomline="true">
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Standard
17441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17444 \begin_layout Standard
17454 This is longer now.
17459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17462 \begin_layout Standard
17478 <row bottomline="true">
17479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17482 \begin_layout Standard
17497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17500 \begin_layout Standard
17510 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17511 This is longer now.
17516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17519 \begin_layout Standard
17542 \begin_layout Standard
17543 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17544 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17545 margin of the page.
17546 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17547 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17548 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17551 \begin_layout Enumerate
17552 Split it into two tables.
17555 \begin_layout Enumerate
17565 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17566 After doing this, the list of
17570 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17574 \begin_layout Enumerate
17580 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17581 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17584 \begin_layout Enumerate
17589 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17590 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17591 except for the first page, if
17599 \begin_layout Enumerate
17604 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17605 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17606 except for the last page, if
17614 \begin_layout Enumerate
17620 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17621 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17624 \begin_layout Standard
17625 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17626 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17627 The others will then be defined as
17632 In this context, first means first in this order:
17634 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17654 example file to see how this works.
17660 \begin_layout Standard
17661 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17662 rows to break the page on as well.
17666 \begin_layout Enumerate
17667 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17668 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17671 \begin_layout Subsection
17673 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:table float}
17680 \begin_layout Standard
17681 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17700 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17710 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17711 exactly where you insert it.
17712 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17713 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17717 , and is described in section
17718 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:float-locn}
17723 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17725 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
17731 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{table:a table float}
17735 is an example of a table float.
17736 \begin_inset Float table
17742 \begin_layout Caption
17743 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{table:a table float}
17750 \begin_layout Standard
17752 \begin_inset Tabular
17753 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17758 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Standard
17777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17780 \begin_layout Standard
17795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17798 \begin_layout Standard
17814 <row topline="true">
17815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17818 \begin_layout Standard
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Standard
17851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17854 \begin_layout Standard
17870 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17874 \begin_layout Standard
17884 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
17892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Standard
17905 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
17907 c & d\end{array}\right]$
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Standard
17928 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
17949 \begin_layout Section
17950 Table of Contents and other Listings
17951 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:toc}
17958 \begin_layout Standard
17959 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
17961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17968 such as a Table of Contents.
17969 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
17970 at the place where you want the list to appear.
17973 \begin_layout Subsection
17974 The Table of Contents
17977 \begin_layout Standard
17978 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
17981 \begin_layout Enumerate
17982 Use a document class that includes support (all but
17989 \begin_layout Enumerate
17990 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18000 (Sub...), Paragraph
18003 Note that styles with a
18015 appear in the Table of Contents.
18018 \begin_layout Enumerate
18019 Make sure you set the
18024 ection\InsetSpace ~
18025 number\InsetSpace ~
18044 Document\InsetSpace ~
18047 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18048 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:section-depth}
18055 \begin_layout Enumerate
18056 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18057 You'll find it under
18062 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18069 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18081 \begin_layout Standard
18082 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18088 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18100 \begin_layout Subsection
18101 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18102 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:ListsOf}
18109 \begin_layout Standard
18110 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18111 You can insert them from the
18116 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18126 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18127 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18130 \begin_layout Chapter
18131 Mathematical Formulae
18134 \begin_layout Section
18138 \begin_layout Standard
18139 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18140 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18144 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18146 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18147 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18148 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18155 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18160 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18174 (CUA binding only).
18177 \begin_layout Standard
18178 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18179 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18182 , there is a special shortcut.
18190 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18200 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18206 \begin_layout Standard
18207 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18212 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18217 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18229 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18230 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18231 somewhere on the screen.
18232 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18233 will insert a formula for you.
18236 \begin_layout Subsection
18237 Navigating a Formula
18240 \begin_layout Standard
18241 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18242 with the arrow keys.
18243 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18244 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18249 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18250 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18254 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18258 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18260 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18268 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18273 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18274 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18277 \begin_layout Standard
18282 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18283 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18284 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18289 For example, if you want
18290 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18337 , since in the latter case only the
18340 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18345 will be under the square root sign,
18346 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18350 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18354 \begin_layout Standard
18355 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18357 \begin_inset Formula \[
18358 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18361 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18365 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18366 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18369 \begin_layout Subsection
18373 \begin_layout Standard
18374 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18375 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18379 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18380 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18381 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18382 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18383 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18386 \begin_layout Subsection
18387 Exponents and Subscripts
18390 \begin_layout Standard
18391 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18392 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18394 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18410 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18411 in the superscript.
18417 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18421 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18442 Subscripts are similar, to get
18443 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18458 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18459 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18461 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
18465 if you need to alter this.
18468 \begin_layout Subsection
18472 \begin_layout Standard
18473 Create a fraction with either
18481 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18501 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18502 squares top and bottom.
18503 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18504 To move to the bottom, simply press
18509 To move back up, press
18514 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18515 \begin_inset Formula \[
18516 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18518 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18525 \begin_layout Subsection
18529 \begin_layout Standard
18531 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18535 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18538 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18547 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18548 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18549 Sum will automatically place its
18550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18557 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18558 when inlined, such as
18559 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18563 \begin_inset Note Note
18566 \begin_layout Standard
18567 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18574 \begin_inset Formula \[
18575 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18579 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18580 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18581 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18585 \begin_inset Formula \[
18586 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18590 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18591 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18592 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18593 in front of the sign and hitting
18598 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18602 \begin_layout Standard
18603 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18611 feature as addition, such as
18612 \begin_inset Formula \[
18613 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18617 which will place the
18618 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18629 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18630 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18635 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18638 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18644 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18652 menu in the math panel; see
18653 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-functions}
18660 \begin_layout Subsection
18662 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-panel}
18669 \begin_layout Standard
18679 dialog (accessible via
18684 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18691 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18692 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18693 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18694 details in later sections.
18697 \begin_layout Standard
18698 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18701 \begin_layout Subsection
18705 \begin_layout Standard
18706 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18712 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18720 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
18728 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
18736 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
18745 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
18753 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
18755 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
18756 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
18757 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
18758 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
18759 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
18762 \begin_layout Standard
18763 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
18764 In the minibuffer, type
18769 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
18778 to move between the two boxes.
18779 You can also use the key binding
18786 \begin_layout Subsection
18790 \begin_layout Standard
18791 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
18792 that LaTeX provides.
18793 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
18794 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
18795 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
18796 The first thing to do is to type
18801 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
18803 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
18807 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
18812 you move the cursor, after typing
18820 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
18822 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
18824 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
18828 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
18832 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
18835 \begin_layout Subsection
18837 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-functions}
18844 \begin_layout Standard
18845 The math panel contains a number of
18846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18854 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18858 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18866 (you can type them in a formula by typing
18873 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
18875 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
18878 , should not be italicized.
18879 Entering just the letters
18880 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
18883 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
18885 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
18886 For example, the expression
18887 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
18890 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
18891 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
18892 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18895 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
18896 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
18897 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
18901 \begin_inset Formula \[
18902 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
18906 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
18912 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
18913 to improve linespacing).
18916 \begin_layout Subsection
18920 \begin_layout Standard
18921 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
18923 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
18924 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
18925 That is, you can enter
18926 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
18929 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
18930 This is entered by typing
18931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18945 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
18946 the various accents:
18949 \begin_layout Standard
18951 \begin_inset Tabular
18952 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
18954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18957 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18961 \begin_layout Standard
18976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18979 \begin_layout Standard
18994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18997 \begin_layout Standard
19013 <row topline="true">
19014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19017 \begin_layout Standard
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Standard
19050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19053 \begin_layout Standard
19063 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19072 <row topline="true">
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Standard
19091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19094 \begin_layout Standard
19109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19112 \begin_layout Standard
19122 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19131 <row topline="true">
19132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19135 \begin_layout Standard
19150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19153 \begin_layout Standard
19168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19171 \begin_layout Standard
19181 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19190 <row topline="true">
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Standard
19209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19212 \begin_layout Standard
19227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19230 \begin_layout Standard
19240 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19249 <row topline="true">
19250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19253 \begin_layout Standard
19268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19271 \begin_layout Standard
19286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19289 \begin_layout Standard
19299 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19308 <row topline="true">
19309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19312 \begin_layout Standard
19327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19330 \begin_layout Standard
19345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19348 \begin_layout Standard
19358 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19367 <row topline="true">
19368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19371 \begin_layout Standard
19386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19389 \begin_layout Standard
19404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19407 \begin_layout Standard
19417 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19426 <row topline="true">
19427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19430 \begin_layout Standard
19445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19448 \begin_layout Standard
19463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19466 \begin_layout Standard
19476 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19485 <row topline="true">
19486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Standard
19504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19507 \begin_layout Standard
19522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19525 \begin_layout Standard
19535 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19544 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19548 \begin_layout Standard
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Standard
19581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19584 \begin_layout Standard
19594 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19610 \begin_layout Standard
19611 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19616 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19617 made within a formula too.
19620 \begin_layout Subsection
19621 The math editor for LaTeX users
19624 \begin_layout Standard
19625 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19626 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19628 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19635 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19636 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19639 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19640 menus for a symbol.
19641 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19646 \begin_layout Quotation
19647 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19648 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19650 As an example, I created this
19651 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19654 by typing the following keys: First type
19684 As soon as I typed that
19689 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19692 was right there on the screen.
19696 \begin_layout Standard
19702 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19717 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19722 leaves the formula.
19723 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19726 \begin_layout Itemize
19727 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19730 \begin_layout Itemize
19731 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
19732 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
19735 \begin_layout Itemize
19736 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
19740 \begin_layout Itemize
19741 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
19752 \begin_layout Itemize
19753 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
19754 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
19757 , you can find it in the dialogs
19760 \begin_layout Section
19761 Brackets and decorations
19764 \begin_layout Standard
19765 There are several brackets available through LyX.
19766 For most purposes, using just the keys
19772 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
19773 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
19774 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
19780 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-panel}
19785 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
19787 \begin_inset Formula \[
19788 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
19790 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
19794 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
19796 \begin_inset Formula \[
19797 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
19802 \begin_inset Formula \[
19803 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
19807 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
19808 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
19821 \begin_layout Standard
19822 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
19823 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
19824 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
19825 clicking on the button.
19826 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
19827 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
19830 \begin_layout Standard
19831 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
19832 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
19833 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
19834 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
19838 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
19840 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
19846 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
19849 \begin_layout Standard
19850 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
19854 for grouping, you should read
19855 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Grouping}
19862 \begin_layout Section
19864 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Grouping}
19871 \begin_layout Standard
19872 You may need to group a set of symbols.
19873 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
19884 \begin_layout Standard
19885 \begin_inset Formula \[
19886 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
19893 \begin_layout Standard
19894 However, trying to type the
19898 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
19899 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
19906 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
19907 The example directly above shows how this works.
19910 \begin_layout Section
19911 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
19914 \begin_layout Standard
19915 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
19921 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
19922 number of rows/columns.
19923 Here is an example:
19924 \begin_inset Formula \[
19925 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19928 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
19932 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
19933 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
19934 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
19938 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
19940 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
19941 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
19942 The specification is
19947 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
19952 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
19953 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
19954 It will look like this:
19955 \begin_inset Formula \[
19957 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
19958 column & has & has\, right\\
19959 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
19966 \begin_layout Standard
19967 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
19971 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
19977 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19989 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19999 \begin_layout Standard
20000 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20001 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20007 and commutative diagrams.
20008 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20013 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20022 \begin_layout Standard
20023 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20024 A formula will automatically switch to an
20030 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20038 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20039 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20046 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20047 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20054 Here is an example:
20055 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20057 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20061 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20068 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20073 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20074 everything in the left side of the line.
20075 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20076 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20081 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20082 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20083 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20084 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20097 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20100 \begin_layout Section
20101 Equation Numbering and Labels
20102 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:math-label}
20109 \begin_layout Standard
20110 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20111 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20112 \begin_inset Formula \[
20117 into the numbered equation :
20118 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20119 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20130 menu, and select the
20139 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20140 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20141 care of re-numbering the equation.
20142 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20143 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20144 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20145 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20151 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20156 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20157 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20164 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20167 \begin_layout Standard
20168 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20169 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20173 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20174 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20176 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:first-eqn}
20184 dialog, which you open using
20189 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20200 \begin_layout Standard
20201 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20202 lines are numbered separately.
20203 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20204 receive a label of #.
20205 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20207 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:third-eqn}
20212 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20213 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20214 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20215 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20219 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20224 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20229 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20230 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20235 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20239 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20242 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20243 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20245 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20246 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20250 Note that the first equation in this set (
20251 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fourth-eqn}
20255 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20257 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{mathed:fifth-eqn}
20261 ) is again labelled.
20265 \begin_layout Section
20266 User defined macros in math mode
20269 \begin_layout Standard
20270 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20271 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20272 the macro in blue (math color).
20273 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20274 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20276 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20277 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20280 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20281 written during export as LaTeX.
20282 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20283 macro's expansion on screen.
20284 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20285 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20286 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20289 \begin_layout Standard
20290 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20297 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20298 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20302 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20303 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20311 \begin_layout Standard
20312 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20318 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20322 followed by the argument number:
20323 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20324 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20330 \begin_layout Standard
20331 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20332 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20337 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20344 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20351 \begin_layout Standard
20352 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20365 \begin_layout Subsection
20366 How to create macros
20369 \begin_layout Standard
20370 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20374 \begin_layout Standard
20375 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20383 \begin_layout Standard
20386 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20389 \begin_layout Standard
20397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20420 math-macro macrowarg 1
20423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20429 \begin_layout Standard
20430 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20438 math-macro-arg <number>
20441 \begin_layout Standard
20442 The argument mark in
20448 was introduced with
20449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20463 \begin_layout Standard
20464 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20465 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20466 can be edited only once.
20469 \begin_layout Subsection
20470 How to navigate in macros
20473 \begin_layout Description
20477 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20478 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20479 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20480 right side of the macro.
20483 \begin_layout Description
20486 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20487 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20490 \begin_layout Standard
20491 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20495 \begin_layout Section
20499 \begin_layout Subsection
20503 \begin_layout Standard
20504 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20505 The standard font for text is italic,
20506 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20509 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20510 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20511 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20514 \begin_layout Standard
20516 \begin_inset Tabular
20517 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20521 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20525 \begin_layout Standard
20531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20534 \begin_layout Standard
20541 <row topline="true">
20542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20545 \begin_layout Standard
20552 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20563 \begin_layout Standard
20574 <row topline="true">
20575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20578 \begin_layout Standard
20579 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20590 \begin_layout Standard
20601 <row topline="true">
20602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20605 \begin_layout Standard
20606 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20617 \begin_layout Standard
20628 <row topline="true">
20629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20632 \begin_layout Standard
20639 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20650 \begin_layout Standard
20661 <row topline="true">
20662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20665 \begin_layout Standard
20666 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20677 \begin_layout Standard
20688 <row topline="true">
20689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20692 \begin_layout Standard
20693 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20704 \begin_layout Standard
20715 <row topline="true">
20716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20727 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
20735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20738 \begin_layout Standard
20749 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20753 \begin_layout Standard
20754 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
20762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20765 \begin_layout Standard
20783 \begin_layout Standard
20784 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
20785 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
20789 \begin_layout Standard
20790 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
20791 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
20792 style after one character.
20793 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
20794 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
20795 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
20797 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
20798 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
20803 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
20806 \begin_layout Standard
20807 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
20809 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
20812 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
20813 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20825 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
20827 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
20830 \begin_layout Standard
20831 A number of other options are available as well, via
20836 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20841 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20848 \begin_layout Subsection
20852 \begin_layout Standard
20853 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
20854 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
20855 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
20860 while already in math mode.
20861 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
20862 on the screen in black instead of blue.
20863 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
20867 \begin_layout Standard
20868 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
20886 ) might have been a better choice
20891 , but it works for simple text.
20893 \begin_inset Formula \[
20894 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
20895 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
20896 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
20903 \begin_layout Subsection
20907 \begin_layout Standard
20908 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
20909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20916 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
20934 For most characters,
20942 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
20943 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
20948 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
20949 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
20951 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
20955 function in the minibuffer.
20956 For example, you can set
20957 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20964 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
20967 math-size displaystyle
20969 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
20971 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
20975 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
20976 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
20978 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
20981 ! This reflects a LaTeX
20982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20993 \begin_layout Standard
21000 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
21001 Here are some text in the various styles:
21002 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21006 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21010 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21014 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21020 \begin_layout Standard
21021 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21022 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21024 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21025 will be adjusted to correspond.
21029 \begin_layout Standard
21033 Here is a paragraph in
21034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21041 font, with symbols:
21042 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21048 \begin_layout Standard
21049 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21053 \begin_layout Section
21057 \begin_layout Standard
21058 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21060 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21063 \begin_layout Subsection
21064 Enabling AMS-Support
21067 \begin_layout Standard
21073 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21080 dialog there is a checkbox,
21087 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21088 the facilities available.
21091 \begin_layout Subsection
21095 \begin_layout Standard
21096 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21097 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21098 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21106 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21107 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21108 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21109 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21111 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21114 \begin_layout Subsection
21118 \begin_layout Standard
21119 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21120 LyX allows you to choose between
21141 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21142 tion for the differences between these formula
21146 \begin_layout Chapter
21150 \begin_layout Section
21152 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:crossref}
21159 \begin_layout Standard
21160 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21161 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21167 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21168 The other half is the
21172 proper, and it looks like this:
21173 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:crossref}
21178 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21180 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21181 case, the number of this section.
21182 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21183 \begin_inset LatexCommand \pageref{sec:crossref}
21188 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21189 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21191 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21192 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21196 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21204 \begin_layout Standard
21205 To insert a label, use
21212 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21218 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21219 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21220 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21223 \begin_layout Standard
21224 To insert a reference, select
21231 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21240 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21243 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21244 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21248 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21255 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21258 \begin_layout Standard
21259 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21268 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21271 \begin_layout Quote
21278 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21284 There were undefined references
21287 \begin_layout Standard
21288 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21291 \begin_layout Standard
21292 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21297 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21298 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21306 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21319 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21320 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21324 separately from the
21329 The same goes for all other section headings.
21332 \begin_layout Standard
21345 section headings and table and figure floats.
21346 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21347 you can't really use a
21355 \begin_layout Standard
21360 , but only if you use the
21370 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21371 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21376 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21382 Once again, the regular
21386 won't work very well.
21387 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21388 of the previous numbered section heading.
21394 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figurefloats}
21399 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:table float}
21404 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:math-label}
21408 for details on using a
21412 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21416 \begin_layout Section
21417 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21420 \begin_layout Standard
21421 It is often desirable to include long
21422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21429 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21430 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21432 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21433 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21443 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21444 along automatically determined boundaries.
21447 \begin_layout Standard
21448 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21449 ike entity) simply select
21451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21458 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21466 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21467 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21469 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.lyx.org}
21477 \begin_layout Standard
21482 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21483 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21495 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21503 \begin_layout Standard
21504 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21512 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21514 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21518 \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[CTAN]{http://ctan.tug.org}
21523 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21527 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21529 http://ctan.tug.org
21532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21538 \begin_layout Standard
21541 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21555 \begin_layout Section
21556 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21557 \begin_inset OptArg
21560 \begin_layout Standard
21569 \begin_layout Standard
21570 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21571 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21572 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21573 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21576 \begin_layout Standard
21577 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21578 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21582 \begin_layout Standard
21583 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21587 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21593 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21594 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21595 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21600 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21605 This will insert a box (labelled
21606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21621 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21622 This also works for captions inside floats.
21625 \begin_layout Standard
21626 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21629 \begin_layout Section
21633 \begin_layout Standard
21634 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21636 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21637 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21638 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21639 This can be achieved with
21646 \begin_layout Standard
21651 the branches available within a particular document.
21652 This is done in the
21654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21655 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21659 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21660 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21661 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21667 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21671 \begin_layout Standard
21680 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21681 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21682 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21685 \begin_layout Standard
21686 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21694 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21695 \begin_inset Note Note
21698 \begin_layout Standard
21699 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21707 \begin_layout Section
21708 Previewing snippets of your document
21711 \begin_layout Standard
21712 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
21713 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
21714 to break your train of thought with
21719 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21727 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
21728 necessary software (see below) and select the
21737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21744 pulldown item in the
21750 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21758 (It can be found in the
21762 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21765 pane in the Qt frontend and the
21769 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21772 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
21773 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
21774 Previews of an already loaded document are
21778 generated just by selecting the
21789 \begin_layout Standard
21790 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
21791 It will also generate previews of include insets or
21792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21807 check box in the inset's dialog.
21808 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
21810 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
21813 \begin_layout Standard
21814 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
21815 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
21816 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
21820 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
21823 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
21835 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
21846 \begin_layout Section
21847 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
21850 \begin_layout Subsection
21851 Extra Horizontal Space
21852 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:hspace}
21859 \begin_layout Standard
21864 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
21869 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
21870 space between the left and right margins.
21871 If there is more than one
21875 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
21879 \begin_layout Standard
21884 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
21888 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
21893 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
21896 \begin_layout Standard
21903 can be inserted with
21909 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21910 Special\InsetSpace ~
21915 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21920 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
21924 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
21927 \begin_layout Quote
21929 This is on the left side
21931 This is on the right
21934 \begin_layout Quote
21943 \begin_layout Quote
21954 \begin_layout Standard
21955 That was an example in the
21962 :is one in a standard paragraph.
21963 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
21967 sitting in-between the two
21968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21978 \begin_layout Standard
21979 Remember that we said that an
21983 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
21984 than one set of margins on a line.
21985 Here's an example with the
21992 \begin_layout Labeling
21993 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22005 \begin_layout Standard
22007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22014 marks the beginning of the item.
22015 (There is actually a
22016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22027 inside of the label of the
22031 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22035 s work similarly in other
22036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22043 situations, like two-column mode.
22046 \begin_layout Subsection
22047 Extra Vertical Space
22048 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:vertspace}
22055 \begin_layout Standard
22056 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22061 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22066 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22071 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22077 \begin_layout Standard
22078 We will not provide an example of a
22082 , as it would waste paper.
22083 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22087 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22088 If there are several
22092 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22093 You can therefore use
22097 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22101 \begin_layout Standard
22102 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22103 only added if you have also checked the option
22108 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22113 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22114 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22119 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22130 \begin_layout Subsection
22131 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22134 \begin_layout Standard
22135 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22140 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22145 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22149 There are four possibilities:
22152 \begin_layout Itemize
22161 \begin_layout Itemize
22170 \begin_layout Itemize
22179 \begin_layout Itemize
22188 \begin_layout Standard
22189 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22190 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22191 the left and right margins.
22192 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22195 \begin_layout Standard
22197 This paragraph is right aligned,
22200 \begin_layout Standard
22202 this one is centered,
22205 \begin_layout Standard
22207 this one is left aligned.
22210 \begin_layout Standard
22211 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22216 \begin_layout Subsection
22217 Forcing Page Breaks
22218 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pagebreak}
22225 \begin_layout Standard
22226 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22227 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22228 In general, this will
22232 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22234 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:widows}
22241 \begin_layout Standard
22242 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22243 recommend not using it until the text is
22247 finished, and until you have checked in the preview to see if you
22251 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22257 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22262 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22265 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22269 \begin_layout Standard
22270 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22271 at the top of a page.
22272 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22273 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22274 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22275 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22277 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:figures}
22282 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:tables}
22293 \begin_layout Subsection
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22298 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22299 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22300 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22301 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22303 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22309 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:normblank-lbreak-horline}
22316 \begin_layout Standard
22317 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22318 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22319 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22320 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22321 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22323 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:abbrev}
22328 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22329 In this case, insert one with
22334 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22335 Special\InsetSpace ~
22340 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22357 \begin_layout Standard
22358 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:protblank-lbreak-horline}
22362 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22363 line at that point.
22364 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22367 \begin_layout Quote
22368 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22374 \begin_layout Standard
22375 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22392 A protected space is set with
22397 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22398 Special\InsetSpace ~
22403 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22418 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline}
22425 \begin_layout Standard
22427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22434 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22443 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22444 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22445 inside abbreviations:
22448 \begin_layout Quote
22449 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22451 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22452 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22456 \begin_layout Standard
22457 You can insert a thin space with
22462 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22463 Special\InsetSpace ~
22468 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22481 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22485 \begin_layout Standard
22486 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22487 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22492 To get them, just type
22494 space-insert <command>
22496 into the minibuffer, where
22500 is one of the following:
22503 \begin_layout Standard
22505 \begin_inset Tabular
22506 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22508 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22511 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22515 \begin_layout Standard
22523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22526 \begin_layout Standard
22534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22537 \begin_layout Standard
22546 <row topline="true">
22547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22550 \begin_layout Standard
22558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22561 \begin_layout Standard
22568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22571 \begin_layout Standard
22578 <row topline="true">
22579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22582 \begin_layout Standard
22590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22593 \begin_layout Standard
22600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22603 \begin_layout Standard
22610 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22625 \begin_layout Standard
22632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22635 \begin_layout Standard
22642 <row bottomline="true">
22643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22646 \begin_layout Standard
22654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22657 \begin_layout Standard
22664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22667 \begin_layout Standard
22674 <row bottomline="true">
22675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22678 \begin_layout Standard
22686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22689 \begin_layout Standard
22696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22699 \begin_layout Standard
22706 <row bottomline="true">
22707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22710 \begin_layout Standard
22718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22721 \begin_layout Standard
22728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22731 \begin_layout Standard
22738 <row bottomline="true">
22739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22742 \begin_layout Standard
22750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22753 \begin_layout Standard
22760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22763 \begin_layout Standard
22770 <row bottomline="true">
22771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22785 \begin_layout Standard
22792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22795 \begin_layout Standard
22809 \begin_layout Subsection
22813 \begin_layout Standard
22814 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
22819 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22820 Special\InsetSpace ~
22825 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22837 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
22842 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
22844 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pagebreak}
22849 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
22850 set a linebreak, e.g.
22851 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
22852 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quote}
22857 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:verse}
22862 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:adress_usage}
22869 \begin_layout Section
22871 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spellchecking}
22878 \begin_layout Standard
22879 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
22880 Rather it uses the external
22884 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
22889 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
22894 \begin_layout Standard
22895 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
22902 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
22911 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
22912 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
22913 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
22914 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
22915 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
22920 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
22922 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
22923 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
22926 \begin_layout Subsection
22927 Spellchecker Options
22928 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:spell_opt}
22935 \begin_layout Standard
22936 The following options can be set in the
22941 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22951 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22955 \begin_layout Standard
22956 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
22957 the text you're checking, which is set in the
22965 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22973 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
22975 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
22976 specifying a different
22977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22980 alternative language
22981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22987 \begin_layout Standard
22992 , you may need to make a link from say
23000 or whatever applies for your language.
23001 This is because these
23005 files normally have the native language name (
23006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23017 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23018 with the LaTeX babel package (
23019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23029 \begin_layout Standard
23030 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23031 If you use a language with
23035 encoding and set the
23047 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23062 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23063 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23067 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23070 \begin_layout Standard
23073 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23076 \begin_layout Standard
23077 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23081 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23085 \begin_layout Standard
23086 There are four solutions to this problem.
23087 The easiest is to try the
23094 If that does not help, you can set
23105 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23106 The third is to add the
23110 option to your dictionary
23121 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23122 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23132 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23133 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23134 and ask him to solve your problem.
23137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23138 Personal dictionary
23141 \begin_layout Standard
23142 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23143 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23144 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23145 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23149 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23152 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23156 \begin_layout Standard
23162 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23165 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23168 \begin_layout Itemize
23174 ccept compound words
23178 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23191 \begin_layout Itemize
23201 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23204 This should not normally be needed.
23207 \begin_layout Subsection
23211 \begin_layout Standard
23212 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23213 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23214 for each occurrence of the word.
23215 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23216 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23219 \begin_layout Standard
23220 Unless you're using the
23224 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23226 This, does, however, work with
23230 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23233 \begin_layout Section
23234 International Support
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23238 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23239 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23240 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23241 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23243 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23244 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23245 default configuration.
23248 \begin_layout Standard
23249 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23250 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23251 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23252 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23254 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:langlay}
23258 for more information.
23261 \begin_layout Standard
23262 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23263 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23264 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23265 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23267 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:optkey}
23275 \begin_layout Standard
23276 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23277 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23278 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23279 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23280 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23281 one to support the characters you want.
23285 \begin_layout Standard
23286 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23290 beyond the scope of this manual.
23291 You can not only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23292 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23293 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23294 to your native tongue, please see the
23298 manual for details.
23301 \begin_layout Subsection
23303 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:langlay}
23310 \begin_layout Standard
23316 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23323 dialog lets you set
23325 the language and character encoding for your language.
23329 \begin_layout Standard
23330 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23347 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23355 The default is U.S.
23357 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23358 The language name appears in the window.
23362 \begin_layout Standard
23363 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23364 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23373 \begin_layout Standard
23382 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23387 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23388 European languages.
23391 \begin_layout Subsection
23392 Keyboard mapping configuration
23393 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:optkey}
23400 \begin_layout Standard
23401 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23402 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23403 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23404 which one you want to use.
23407 \begin_layout Subsection
23409 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:keytab}
23416 \begin_layout Standard
23419 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cap:The-latin1-character}
23428 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23432 \begin_layout Standard
23433 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23434 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23436 That ain't the default.
23437 Nowhere near, in fact.
23438 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23446 \begin_layout Itemize
23447 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23448 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23449 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23450 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23453 \begin_layout Itemize
23454 Even if you've selected
23463 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23470 dialog, users who have only the
23474 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23478 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23479 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23480 french quotes won't show up.
23483 \begin_layout Itemize
23488 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23489 include the either the package
23497 in their documents.
23501 \begin_layout Standard
23502 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23503 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23504 \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:quotes}
23508 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23515 \begin_inset Note Note
23518 \begin_layout Standard
23519 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23520 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23530 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23534 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
23537 \begin_layout Standard
23542 usepackage{textcomp}
23545 \begin_layout Standard
23550 is available on every LaTeX system.
23558 \begin_layout Standard
23559 \begin_inset Float table
23564 \begin_layout Caption
23565 \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cap:The-latin1-character}
23576 \begin_layout Standard
23578 \begin_inset Tabular
23579 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23581 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23584 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23585 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23588 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23589 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23590 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23591 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23592 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23593 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23596 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23598 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23602 \begin_layout Standard
23608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23611 \begin_layout Standard
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Standard
23644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23647 \begin_layout Standard
23662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23665 \begin_layout Standard
23680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23683 \begin_layout Standard
23698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23719 \begin_layout Standard
23734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23737 \begin_layout Standard
23752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23755 \begin_layout Standard
23770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23773 \begin_layout Standard
23788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23791 \begin_layout Standard
23806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23809 \begin_layout Standard
23824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23827 \begin_layout Standard
23842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23845 \begin_layout Standard
23860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23881 \begin_layout Standard
23897 <row topline="true">
23898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23901 \begin_layout Standard
23916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23919 \begin_layout Standard
23925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23928 \begin_layout Standard
23934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23937 \begin_layout Standard
23943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23946 \begin_layout Standard
23960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23963 \begin_layout Standard
23977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23980 \begin_layout Standard
23994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23997 \begin_layout Standard
24011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24014 \begin_layout Standard
24028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24031 \begin_layout Standard
24037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24040 \begin_layout Standard
24046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24049 \begin_layout Standard
24055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24058 \begin_layout Standard
24072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24075 \begin_layout Standard
24089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24092 \begin_layout Standard
24106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24109 \begin_layout Standard
24123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24126 \begin_layout Standard
24141 <row topline="true">
24142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24145 \begin_layout Standard
24160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24163 \begin_layout Standard
24169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24172 \begin_layout Standard
24178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24181 \begin_layout Standard
24195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24198 \begin_layout Standard
24212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24215 \begin_layout Standard
24229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24232 \begin_layout Standard
24246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24249 \begin_layout Standard
24263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24266 \begin_layout Standard
24280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24283 \begin_layout Standard
24289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24292 \begin_layout Standard
24298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24301 \begin_layout Standard
24315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24318 \begin_layout Standard
24332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24335 \begin_layout Standard
24349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24352 \begin_layout Standard
24366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24369 \begin_layout Standard
24383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24386 \begin_layout Standard
24401 <row topline="true">
24402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24405 \begin_layout Standard
24420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24423 \begin_layout Standard
24429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24432 \begin_layout Standard
24438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24441 \begin_layout Standard
24450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24461 \begin_layout Standard
24475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24478 \begin_layout Standard
24492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24512 \begin_layout Standard
24526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24529 \begin_layout Standard
24543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24546 \begin_layout Standard
24552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24555 \begin_layout Standard
24561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24564 \begin_layout Standard
24568 \begin_layout Standard
24578 \begin_inset Note Note
24581 \begin_layout Standard
24592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24595 \begin_layout Standard
24609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24612 \begin_layout Standard
24626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24629 \begin_layout Standard
24643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24646 \begin_layout Standard
24660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24663 \begin_layout Standard
24678 <row topline="true">
24679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24682 \begin_layout Standard
24697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24700 \begin_layout Standard
24706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24709 \begin_layout Standard
24715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24735 \begin_layout Standard
24749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24769 \begin_layout Standard
24783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24786 \begin_layout Standard
24800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24803 \begin_layout Standard
24817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24820 \begin_layout Standard
24826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24829 \begin_layout Standard
24835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24838 \begin_layout Standard
24852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24855 \begin_layout Standard
24869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24872 \begin_layout Standard
24886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24889 \begin_layout Standard
24903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24906 \begin_layout Standard
24920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24923 \begin_layout Standard
24938 <row topline="true">
24939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24960 \begin_layout Standard
24966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24969 \begin_layout Standard
24975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24978 \begin_layout Standard
24992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24995 \begin_layout Standard
25009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25012 \begin_layout Standard
25026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25029 \begin_layout Standard
25043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25046 \begin_layout Standard
25060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25063 \begin_layout Standard
25077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25080 \begin_layout Standard
25086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25089 \begin_layout Standard
25095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25098 \begin_layout Standard
25102 \begin_layout Standard
25112 \begin_inset Note Note
25115 \begin_layout Standard
25126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25129 \begin_layout Standard
25143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25146 \begin_layout Standard
25160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25163 \begin_layout Standard
25177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25180 \begin_layout Standard
25194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25197 \begin_layout Standard
25212 <row topline="true">
25213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25216 \begin_layout Standard
25231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25234 \begin_layout Standard
25240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25243 \begin_layout Standard
25249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25252 \begin_layout Standard
25266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25269 \begin_layout Standard
25283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25303 \begin_layout Standard
25317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25337 \begin_layout Standard
25351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25354 \begin_layout Standard
25360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25363 \begin_layout Standard
25369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25372 \begin_layout Standard
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25386 \begin_inset Note Note
25389 \begin_layout Standard
25400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25403 \begin_layout Standard
25417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25420 \begin_layout Standard
25434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25437 \begin_layout Standard
25451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25454 \begin_layout Standard
25468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25471 \begin_layout Standard
25486 <row topline="true">
25487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25490 \begin_layout Standard
25505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25508 \begin_layout Standard
25514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25517 \begin_layout Standard
25523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25526 \begin_layout Standard
25540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25543 \begin_layout Standard
25557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25560 \begin_layout Standard
25574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25577 \begin_layout Standard
25591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25594 \begin_layout Standard
25608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25611 \begin_layout Standard
25625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25628 \begin_layout Standard
25634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25646 \begin_layout Standard
25650 \begin_layout Standard
25660 \begin_inset Note Note
25663 \begin_layout Standard
25674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25677 \begin_layout Standard
25691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25728 \begin_layout Standard
25742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25745 \begin_layout Standard
25760 <row topline="true">
25761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25764 \begin_layout Standard
25779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25782 \begin_layout Standard
25788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25800 \begin_layout Standard
25814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25851 \begin_layout Standard
25865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25868 \begin_layout Standard
25882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25885 \begin_layout Standard
25899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25902 \begin_layout Standard
25908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25911 \begin_layout Standard
25917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25920 \begin_layout Standard
25934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25937 \begin_layout Standard
25951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25954 \begin_layout Standard
25968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25988 \begin_layout Standard
26002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26020 <row topline="true">
26021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26051 \begin_layout Standard
26057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26060 \begin_layout Standard
26074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26077 \begin_layout Standard
26091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26128 \begin_layout Standard
26142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26145 \begin_layout Standard
26159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26171 \begin_layout Standard
26177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26197 \begin_layout Standard
26211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26214 \begin_layout Standard
26228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26248 \begin_layout Standard
26262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26265 \begin_layout Standard
26280 <row topline="true">
26281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26284 \begin_layout Standard
26299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26302 \begin_layout Standard
26308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26311 \begin_layout Standard
26317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26320 \begin_layout Standard
26334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26354 \begin_layout Standard
26368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26388 \begin_layout Standard
26402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26405 \begin_layout Standard
26419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26422 \begin_layout Standard
26428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26431 \begin_layout Standard
26437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26440 \begin_layout Standard
26454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26457 \begin_layout Standard
26471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26474 \begin_layout Standard
26488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26508 \begin_layout Standard
26522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26540 <row topline="true">
26541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26562 \begin_layout Standard
26568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26571 \begin_layout Standard
26577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26580 \begin_layout Standard
26594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26614 \begin_layout Standard
26628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26631 \begin_layout Standard
26645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26691 \begin_layout Standard
26697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26700 \begin_layout Standard
26714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26717 \begin_layout Standard
26731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26734 \begin_layout Standard
26748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26751 \begin_layout Standard
26765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26768 \begin_layout Standard
26782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26785 \begin_layout Standard
26800 <row topline="true">
26801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26804 \begin_layout Standard
26819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26822 \begin_layout Standard
26828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26831 \begin_layout Standard
26837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26857 \begin_layout Standard
26871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26874 \begin_layout Standard
26888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26891 \begin_layout Standard
26905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26908 \begin_layout Standard
26922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26925 \begin_layout Standard
26939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26942 \begin_layout Standard
26948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26951 \begin_layout Standard
26957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26960 \begin_layout Standard
26974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26977 \begin_layout Standard
26991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26994 \begin_layout Standard
27008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27011 \begin_layout Standard
27025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27028 \begin_layout Standard
27042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27045 \begin_layout Standard
27060 <row topline="true">
27061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27064 \begin_layout Standard
27079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27082 \begin_layout Standard
27088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27100 \begin_layout Standard
27114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27117 \begin_layout Standard
27131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27134 \begin_layout Standard
27148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27151 \begin_layout Standard
27167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27170 \begin_layout Standard
27184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27204 \begin_layout Standard
27210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27213 \begin_layout Standard
27219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27222 \begin_layout Standard
27236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27239 \begin_layout Standard
27253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27256 \begin_layout Standard
27270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27290 \begin_layout Standard
27304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27307 \begin_layout Standard
27322 <row topline="true">
27323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27326 \begin_layout Standard
27341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27344 \begin_layout Standard
27350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27353 \begin_layout Standard
27359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27362 \begin_layout Standard
27376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27379 \begin_layout Standard
27393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27430 \begin_layout Standard
27444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27447 \begin_layout Standard
27461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27486 \begin_layout Standard
27496 \begin_inset Note Note
27499 \begin_layout Standard
27510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27513 \begin_layout Standard
27527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27530 \begin_layout Standard
27544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27547 \begin_layout Standard
27561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27581 \begin_layout Standard
27596 <row topline="true">
27597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27636 \begin_layout Standard
27650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27653 \begin_layout Standard
27667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27790 \begin_layout Standard
27804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27807 \begin_layout Standard
27821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27856 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27860 \begin_layout Standard
27875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27878 \begin_layout Standard
27884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27887 \begin_layout Standard
27893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27896 \begin_layout Standard
27910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27913 \begin_layout Standard
27927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27930 \begin_layout Standard
27944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27964 \begin_layout Standard
27978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27981 \begin_layout Standard
27987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27990 \begin_layout Standard
27996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28008 \begin_layout Standard
28022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28042 \begin_layout Standard
28056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28059 \begin_layout Standard
28073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28120 \begin_layout Standard
28121 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28123 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28124 also the characters from
28136 \begin_layout Itemize
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28146 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28151 \begin_layout Standard
28152 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28158 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28163 \begin_layout Standard
28164 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28169 \begin_layout Standard
28175 \begin_layout Standard
28181 \begin_layout Standard
28188 \begin_layout Standard
28189 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28191 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28197 is correct, S-M-macron.
28206 \begin_layout Itemize
28219 \begin_layout Standard
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28263 \begin_layout Standard
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28286 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28294 \begin_layout Standard
28310 \begin_layout Standard
28321 \begin_layout Standard
28322 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28323 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28324 Also make sure you're using the
28328 font-encoding and have the package
28332 with the definition file
28339 \begin_layout Chapter
28343 \begin_layout Standard
28344 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28345 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28348 \begin_layout Standard
28349 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28350 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28351 to provide information:
28354 \begin_layout Itemize
28359 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28360 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28368 as some of us call it].
28371 \begin_layout Itemize
28374 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28376 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28380 \begin_layout Itemize
28385 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28386 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28389 \begin_layout Itemize
28394 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28397 \begin_layout Itemize
28400 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28402 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28408 \begin_layout Itemize
28409 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28411 \begin_inset LatexCommand \cite{lyxcredit}
28415 for help and answers to questions.
28418 \begin_layout Standard
28419 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28423 LyX Documentation Team,
28424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28427 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28428 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28431 \begin_layout Itemize
28440 \begin_layout Itemize
28441 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28456 \begin_layout Itemize
28457 General editing assistance.
28460 \begin_layout Itemize
28465 \begin_layout Itemize
28469 \begin_layout Itemize
28473 \begin_layout Itemize
28479 \begin_layout Itemize
28488 \begin_layout Itemize
28489 Primary contributor to
28494 \begin_layout Itemize
28495 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28501 \begin_layout Itemize
28510 \begin_layout Itemize
28511 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28526 \begin_layout Itemize
28527 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28533 \begin_layout Itemize
28540 \begin_layout Itemize
28541 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28547 \begin_layout Itemize
28556 \begin_layout Itemize
28557 Documentation of internationalization features in
28563 \begin_layout Itemize
28570 \begin_layout Itemize
28575 \begin_layout Itemize
28579 \begin_layout Itemize
28583 \begin_layout Itemize
28587 \begin_layout Itemize
28593 \begin_layout Itemize
28600 \begin_layout Itemize
28601 Primary contributor to
28607 \begin_layout Itemize
28614 \begin_layout Itemize
28619 \begin_layout Itemize
28623 \begin_layout Itemize
28624 using LaTeX from within LyX
28629 \begin_layout Itemize
28638 \begin_layout Itemize
28639 General organization and format of the documents.
28642 \begin_layout Itemize
28647 \begin_layout Itemize
28651 \begin_layout Itemize
28652 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28656 \begin_layout Itemize
28657 Also responsible for Introduction in
28662 \begin_layout Itemize
28663 Editor of the documents.
28664 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28668 \begin_layout Standard
28669 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28673 \begin_layout Bibliography
28675 \bibitem {lyxcredit}
28680 \begin_layout Standard
28684 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28697 \begin_layout Standard
28707 \begin_layout Bibliography
28709 \bibitem {latexbook}
28712 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28715 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28718 \begin_layout Bibliography
28720 \bibitem {latexcompanion}
28721 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28723 The LaTeX Companion.
28726 Addison-Wesley, 1994
28729 \begin_layout Bibliography
28731 \bibitem {latexguide}
28737 \begin_layout Bibliography